Upload
dinhdiep
View
1.024
Download
87
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
Indian Standard SPECIFICATION FOR
STEELS FOR COLD HEADING/COLD EXTRUSION APPLICATIONS
PART 1 WROUGHT CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
Chairman Representing
DR G. MUKHERJF.E Steel Authority of India Ltd, Nrw Delhi
Members
ADDITiONAX DIRECTOII. ( MET ) Ministry of Railways JOINT DIWWTOR ( CHEM ) ( Alternate )
SRRI BAL KRISHAN AGGARWAL Federation of Engineering Industries of India, New Delhi
SH~I H. S. GUP~YA ( Alternate ) SHRI B. C. BASAVAXAJ Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati
SRRI B. HARIDASACHAR ( Alternate ) SHRI S. K. BASU M. N. Dastur & Co Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
SHRI C. J. DAVE ( Alternate ) S~IRI J. N. BHATTACIIARYYA National Test House, Calcutta
SHRI S. C. BHAWAI. ( Alternate ) SHRI R. BHATTACRARYA Guest Kern Williams Ltd, Howrah SHRI P. K. CHAKRAVARTY The Tata Iron & Steel Go Ltd, Jamshedpur
DR T. MUK~ERJZ~?: ( Alternate ) SHRI D. K. DAS Heavy Engineering Corporation, Ranchi
SJ~RI B. P. SINGS ( Alternate ) SI~RI M. K. DATTA Steel Authority of india Ltd ( Alloy Steel Plant ),
Durgapur SRRI R. C. J~IA ( Alternate )
SXRI D. GADH Ahmedabad Advance Mills Ltd, Navsari SHRI A~IM CKATTERJEE ( Alternate )
SHRI H. V. JAIN Indi,m Tool Manufacturers Ltcl, Bombay SRR: A. D. DIAS ( Alternate )
DR P. KRI~HNASAGAR Modi Steels, Modinagar SHRI S. KUMAR Indian Register of Shipping, Bombay
SHR~ VIPON CHOPRA ( Alternate ) Dn D. P. LAXYIIRI Ministry of Deft,nce ( R & D )
SHRI I. N. BEATIA ( Alternate ) Dn S. K. MANDAL Tata Engineering and Locomotive Co Ltd,
Jamshcdpur DR P. G. RENAVIK.IR ( Alternate )
( Continued on page 2 )
@ Copyright 1985
INDIAN STANDARDS INSTITUTION
This publication is protected under the Indian Copyright Acf ( XIV of 1957 ) and reproduction in whole or in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall he deemed to he an infringement of ropvright under the said Act.
ES : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
( Continued from pap 1 )
Members Representing
~SERI D. B. MO~ARIL Steel Furnace Association of India, Calcutta DR K. SUBRAMANYAIVI ( Alternate )
DR M. NAQESHWAR RAO Mishra Dhatu Nigam Ltd, Hyderabad SHRI I. K. NAYAK Firth ( India ) Steel Co Ltd, Thane
SHRI K. A. SHENOY ( Alternate ) SHRI K. PA~THASARATHY Ashok Leyland Limited, Madras Dn R. V. PATHY Mahindra Ugine Steel Co Ltd, Bombay; and Alloy
Steel Producers’ Association of India. Bombav , SHRI R. NA~AYANA ( Alternate )
SRRI H. S. PAUL Modern Steel Ltd, Gobindgarh SHRI M. K. PRAMANIK Ministry of Steel & Mines ( Iron & Steel Control ),
Calcutta SHRI S. S. SAHA ( Alternate )
SARI RA~HUBIR SIXQII National Metallurgical Laboratory ( CSIR ), Jamshedpur
DIX V. RAMASWAMY Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Research and Develonment Centre for Iron & Steel ). Ranchi
_ ,_
SHRI S. R. MEDIRATTA ( Alternate ) SHRI H. S RAMCn.4xDRAN HMT Limited, Bangalore
SHRI P. P. CHOPRA( Alternate I ) SHRI P. RAMA PRASA~ ( Alternate II ) SHRI A. SHANTIXARAM ( Alternate III ) SHRI V. N. VXNXATESAN ( Alternate IV )
SnRI R. N. SAIlA Directorate General of Supplies & Disposals ( Inspection Wing ), New Delhi
SHRI D. K. PAUL ( Alternate) SHRI M. K. SBN Ministry of Defence ( DGI )
SHRI V. I. RAMASWAMY ( Alternate ) SRRI D. S. P. SRIVASTAVA Ministry of Defence ( DGOF ) SERI V. V. VIRABHADRAYYA Directorate General of Technical Development,
New Delhi SHRI S. K. JAIN ( Alternate )
SHBI K RAGHAVENDRAN, Director General, IS1 ( .??.x-@cio Member ) Director ( Strut & Met )
Secretary
Srrn~ A. B. TEWARI Deputy Director (-Met ), IS1
Panel for Steel for Cold Heading, SMDC 19 : P 14
Convener
DR S. K. MANDAL
Members
DR S. CHAKRAVORTY SHRI A. D. GOSAVI SHRI R. C. JHA
DR K. V. KRISHNAMURT~Y DR P. KRISHNASA~AR DR T. MUKBERJI SRRI K. PARTHASARATHY SARI G. R. PR’AKASH REPRESENTATIVE
Tata Engineering & Locomotive Co Ltd, Jamshedpur
Usha Alloys and Steels Ltd, Jamshedpur Guest Keen Williams Ltd, Howrah Steel Authority of India Ltd ( Alloy Steels Plant ),
Durgapur Sundaram Fasteners Ltd, Madras Modi Steels, Modinagar Tata Iron & Steels Co Ltd, Jamshedpur Ashok Leyland Limited, Madras Visvesvaraya Iron & Steel Ltd, Bhadravati Mukand Iron & Steel Works Ltd, Bombay
2
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
Indian Standard SPECIFICATION FOR
STEELS FOR COLD HEADING/COLD EXTRUSI-ON APPLICATIONS
PART 1 WROUGHT CARBON AND LOW ALLOY STEELS
0. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 1 ) was adopted by the Indian Standards Institution on 3 1 December 1984, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
0.2 There had been a long-felt need for a standard indicating and stipulating the various requirements for cold-heading quality steels. This standard is meant to satisfy that need. It is obvious that both the manufacturers and the purchaser of the cold-heading quality steels shall drive the benefits from such standard.
0.3 This standard ( Part 1 ) does not cover stainless steels which will be covered in Part 2.
0.4 For the benefit of the purchaser, an informative appendix ( see Appendix A ) giving particulars to be specified, while ordering for steel, has been included.
0.5 This standard contains clauses 4.1.1, 4.1.2.1, 4.2, 7.3,g.l and 11.1 which call for the agreement between the purchaser and the manufac- turer, and permit the purchaser to use his option for selection to suit his requirements.
0.6 This standard keeps in view the manufacturing and trade practices followed in the country in this field, and due weightage has been given to international co-ordination among the standards.
IS : 1570-1961 Schedules for wrought steels for general engineering purposes
IS : 4432-1967 Specification for case hardening steels
IS : 5517-1978 Steels for hardening and tempering (jG.~t revision )
IS0 4954 Cold heading and cold extruding. International Organization for Standardization.
3
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
0.7 For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accord- ance with IS : 2-1960*. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value in this standard.
1. SCOPE
1.1 This standard covers the requirements for wrought carbon and alloy steels which are intended for cold heading/cold extrusion and are delivered as wires, wire rods or bars having a diameter of 2 to 100 mm.
1.2 This standard covers the following groups of steels:
a) Steels not intended for heat treatment ( Table 1 ),
b) Steels for quenching and tempering? ( Table 2 ), and
c) Case hardening steels ( Table 3 ).
1.3 This standard is not applicable to the properties of cold headed parts.
2. SUPPLY OF MATERIALS
2.1 General requirements relating to the supply of material shall conform to IS : 1387-1967:.
2.2 Steels covered by this standard shall be ordered and delivered on any one of the following basis:
Requirement Types of Condition of Delivery ~----_-._h-,--_--~
A B C D E F
Chemical composition X x x X X >( Hardenability - - X X X X Hardness in the condition - - x - - -
of delivery
Mechanical properties in as-delivered condition
UTS and percent RA - x - x X X Cold up-setting test X x x x x x Surface defect level - X X X X X
*Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised ). tBoron treated. $General requirements for the supply of metallurgical materials.
4
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
Requirement Types of Condition of delivery r------ A_______~ ABCDEF
Microstructure
a) Decarburizat ion - - - _ X X b) Degree of’spheroidization - - - - - X c) Grain size - x - - - X
NOTE 1 - Cold upsetting test is not applicable for products having a diameter below 5.5 mm, for which suitable alternate test like revme torsion test may be agreed to betweea the supplier and the manufacturer.
NOTE 2 - Hardenability could refer to either End quenched Jominy values or core Hardenability as per Appendix C. However, the type of test must be agreed to at the time of enquiry and order.
3. MANUFACTURE
3.1 Steel shall be manufactured by the open hearth, electric, basis oxygen or in combination with secondary steel making facilities.
3.2 Steel ingots with a minimum cross-section area of 200 x 200 mm shall only be used and there should be sufficient reduction from the ingot to the finished stage.
3.3 For con-cast billets, a minimum reduction ratio of 20 : 1 shall be used from cast billet to the finished product.
3.4 The material from either the ingot or the con-cast route shall be free from central segregation, looseness, dendritic structure, casting inhomo- geneity, internal cracks, pipes and other harmful defects, which shall be agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser.
3.5 The semis or con-cast bil1et.s should be suitably inspected by macro- etching, ultrasonic testing, etc. to guarantee that the rolled product is free from surface and internal defects and is sufficiently compact.
3.6 The reduction ratio or ingot size, other than mentioned in 3.2 and 3.3 may also be used subject to agreement between the supplier and the purchaser.
4. CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
4.1 The ladle analysis of the different grades of steel when carried out either in accordance with relevant parts of IS : 2i8* or any other estab- lished instrumental/chemical method should conform to the values given in Tables 1 to 3. In case of dispute the procedure given in IS : 228* and its relevant ~parts shall be referee method.
4.1.1 For cases where the methods of chemical analysis is not covered by IS : 2281, mutually agreed methods may be adopted by the manufac- turer and the customer.
*Methods of chemical analysis of steels ( second revision ).
5
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
4.1.2 The sulphur and phosphorus contents, except in the case of free cutting steels shall be as follows:
S = 0’035 Max P = O-035 Max
4.1.2.1 Other combination of sulphur and phosphorus can be mutually agreed to, if so desired.
4.1.3 The nitrogen content of the material when ordered in rimmed condition shall be below 0.008 percent.
4.2 Elements not specified in Tables 1 to 3 shall not be added to the steel except where agreed to, other than for the purpose of finishing the heats and shall not exceed the following limits:
Constituent Max Content, Percent
Cr 0.15 Ni 0’15 cu 0.15 Sn 0.02 MO 0.05 V 0.05
However, total of these elements shall not exceed 0’40 percent.
4.3 The permissible variation in the case of product analysis from the limits specified in Tables 1 to 3 shall be according to Table 4.
4.4 Steels of Table 1 may be ordered as rimming, semi-killed or killed with silicon or aluminium or both.
5. ORDERING FOR DELIVERY
5.1 Steels shall be supplied in any one of the following conditions as agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer:
a) in the as-rolled condition,
b) in the as-rolled and spherodize-annealed condition, c) in bright drawn condition with or without annealing, d) in the peeled and/or centreless ground condition with or without
annealing, and e) in drawn annealed and coated condition.
6. DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES
6.1 The nominal dimensions of the bar wire rod or wire shall be as specified by the purchaser.
6
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - ‘1984
TABLE 1 SPECIFIED CARBON AND MANGANESE CONTENT FOR COLD HEADING QUALITY STEELS NOT INTENDED
FOR HEAT TREATMENT
DESIGNATION
4C2 ( CO4)
5c4 ( co5 )
7c4 ( co7 )
lOC4 ( Cl0 )
14C6 ( Cl4 )
15c4 (C15)
15C8 ( C15Mn75 )
2OC8 ( C20 )
25C4 ( C25 )
25C8 ( C25Mn75 )
( Clauses 4.1, 4.2, 4.3 and 4.4 )
C, PERCENT
0.08 Max
0.10 Max
0.12 Max
0’15 Max
0’10.0.18
0’20 Max
O’lO-0.20
O-15-0.25
0.20-0.30
@20-0.30
Mn, PERCENT
040 Max
@SO Max
0+50 Max
0.30~0.60
0.40~0.70
0.30-0.60
@60-090
0’60-0.90
0.30-0.60
0.60-0.90
NOTE 1 - Any of the above steels can be ordered. in killed, semi-killed or rimmed condition.
NOTE 2 - In special cases, it may be desirable that the range of carbon and silicon content shall be more closely controlled. When this is necessary, restricted ranges of carbon and carbon silicon may be agreed to between the supplier and the purchaser, in which case any specified mechanical properties shall also be subject to agreement.
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF COLD HEADING QUALITY STEELS FOR QUENCHING AND TEMPERING
( Clauses 4.1, 4.2 nnd 4.3 )
STEEL CONSTITUENT,PERCENT DESIONA- c-_--__-_-_--_- A--------~--_--7
TION(OLD C Mn Si Ni Cr MO B DESIGNA- TION)
2OC8 0.15 to 0’60 to - - - - - 0.25 0.90
25C8 0.20 to 0.60 to - - - - - 0.30 0.90
3OC8 0.25 to 0.60 to 0.10 to - - - - ( C30 ) 0.35 O-90 @35 35c8 0’30 to 0.60 to 0’10 to - - - - ( 35Mn75 ) 040 O-90 0.35
0’35 to 0.60 to 0.10 to - - - - 0.45 0.90 0.35
( Continucd )
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
TABLE 2 SPECIFIED CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF COLD HEADING QUALITY STEELS FOR QUENCHING AND TEMPERING - Contd
STEEL DEYIGNA- TION (OLD DHSIONA- TION)
45C8
CONSTITUENT,PERCENT .------_--------A---_--~ _-__ ’ c
0.40 to 0.50
0.16 to 0.24
0.22 to 0.32
0.32 to 0.42
0.30 to 0.40
030 to 0.40
0.35 to 0.45
0.35 to 0.45
0.20 to 0.30
0.35 to 0.45
0.30 to 0.40
0.26 to 0.34
0’18 to 0.23
0.23 to 0’29
0.32 to 0’37
0.35 to 0’40
Mn
0.60 to 0.90
1.30 to 1.70
1.30 to 1.70
1.30 to 1.70
1.30 to I.80
1.30 to 1.80
0.60 to 0.90
0.50 to 0.80
0.40 to 0.70
0.50 to 0.80
0.60 to 0.90
0.40 to 0’70
0.8 to 1’1
0.90 to 1.2
1.20 to 1.50
0.30 to 0’50
Si Ni Cr Mo B ’
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.10 to 0.35
0.10 to
- -
- - ( 20Mn2 ) 27Cl5 ( 27Mn2 ) 37c15 ( 37Mn2 ) 35Mn6Mo3 ( 35MnZMo28 ) 35Mn6Mo4 ( 35MnZMo45_) 40Cr4
4o~%f~3 ( 40Crl Mo28 ) ?5Cr13Mo6- ( 25Cr3MoE ) 4ONi14 { 4ONi3 ) 35Ni5Cr2 ( 35NilCr6!_) 30Ni13Cr5 ( 30Ni4Crl ) ZlClOBT*
0.35 0.10 to 0.35 0.10 to 0.35
0.10 to 0.35
_- - -
- - -
26ClOBT*
34C14BT”
0’20 to 0.35
-
0.10 to 0.35
0’35 to 0.55
- -
0.10 to 0.35
0.10 to 0’35
0.10 to 0.35
0’10 to 0.35
0.10 to @35
0.10 to 0.35
0.15 to 0.30
0.15 to 0.30
0.15 to 0.30
0.15 to 0.30
O-90 to 1.20
0.90 to 1.20
2.90 to 3.40
0.30 Max 0.45 to o-75
1.10 to 1.40
-
- -
0’20 to 0.35
0.45 to 0.65
-
-
-
-
0.000 5 to 0003
0.000 5 to 0.003
0000 5 to 0’003
0’000 5 to 0.003
-
3.20 to 3.60
1.00 to 1.50
3.90 to 430
-
-
-
- - -
-
38Cr4MnZBTf 0.95 to 1’15
NOTE 1 - In special cases, it may be desirable that the range of carbon silicon content should be more closely controlled than in the ranges-specified above. When this is necessary, restricted ranges of carbon and silicon may be agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer. NOTE 2 - For the boron treated steels restriction of Mn and Cr may be agreed to
between the purchaser and the supplier. NOTE 3 - Elements not quoted in the above table shall not be intentionally added
to the steel without agreement of the purchaser other than for the purpose of finishing the heat. All reasonable precautions shall be taken to prevent addition from scrap or other materials used in the manufacture of such steels which effect the harden- ability, mechanical properties and applicability.
*S&lx BT indicates Boron treated steel.
8
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
TABLE 3 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF CASE HARDENING STEELS
STEEL DESIGNITIOX
lOC4 I Cl0 1 14C6 (Cl4) llC15 ( llMn2 )
15C8 ( C15Mn75 )
15Cr3 ( 15Cr65)
16Mn5Cr4 ( 17MnlCrz )
20MnCr5 ( POMnCrl )
16Ni3Cr2 ( 16Ni8~CrGP_)
lGNi4Cr3 ( 16NilCrE)
13Ni14Cr3 ( 13Ni3Cr80 )
15Ni5Cr5 ( 15Ni4Crl )
20Ni7Mo2 ( 20Ni2Mo22 )
2ONiCrMo2 ( 20Nz5Cr50 - Mo20)
15Ni5Cr4Mol
( Clauses 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 )
CONSTITUENT, PE:HCENT C--_--_--___-__h ______
c Si Mn Ni
0.15 MUX 0-05-0’35 0.30-0.60 -
O*lO-0.18 0’05-0.35 0.40-070 -
O-16 &fax o-10-035 1*30-1’70 -
0*10-O-20 O*lO-0.35 G’iiO-O-90 -
0.12-O-18 0.10-035 0’40-0-60 -
014-O-19 010-035 l*OO-1.30 - 080-1.10 -
O-1 7-O-22 0. IO-O.35 l’OO- 1’40 -
0.12-020 0.10-0.35 0~60-1’00 0.60-1.00
0.12-0.20 O*lO-0.35 0.60-1’00 030-l-20 0.60-1.00 -
0’10-0’15 O*lO-0.35 c’4o-o~;o 3.00-3’50 0.60-1.00 -
0’12-0.18 0’10-0.35 0’40-0.70 3’80-430
0’ 17-0.22 0.10-0.35 0.45-0.70 l-65-2.00
0.18-0.23 0.10-0.35 0~70-0~90 0~40-0’70 0.40-0.60 0.15-0.25
0’12-0’18 0.10-0.35 0~60-1’00 1’00-1’50 2)
O-75-1.25 0.08-0.15 ( 15NiCrlMol - 15Ni7Cr4Mo2 0.12-0.18 O.lO-O-35 O-60-1*00 1.50-2’00 0’75-1’25 O*lO-0.20 ( 15Ni2CrlMo15 )
16Ni8Cr6Mo2 O*12-0~20 IPlO-0’35 0’40-0’70 1.80-2’20 1~40-1’70 0.15-025 ( 16NiCr2Mo20_)
Cr
-
‘)
MO
-
- -
050-0.80 -
1’00-1~30 -
0.40-0’80 -
1’00-1~40 -
- 020-0.30
NOTE - In special cases, it may be desirable that the range of carbon and silicon content should be more closely controlled than in the ranges specified above. When this is necessary restricted ranges of carbon and silicon may be agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
9
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
TABLE 4 PERMISSIBLE VARIATION BETW-EEN SPECIFIED ANALYSIS AND PRODUCT ANALYSIS
CONSTITUENT
Carbon
Silicon
Manganese
Nickel
( Clause 4.3 )
LIMIT SROWNINT~BLES I,2 AND.? R~RCONTENTIN THE LADDLE ANALYSIS~PERCENT
r------- h---_-_-_~
Over U Ip
to and n&ding
- 0.030 0.030 0.20 0.20 0.60
- 0.15
0.15 0.45 0.45 1.00
K 2.0 1.0
- 1.0 1.0
*o”.o” 1”o.: 14.0
Chromium -
l’o.“, * I% 15.0
15.0 20.0
Molybdenum 0.10 0.60 0.60 1.15 1-75 3.0
Aluminium - 0.30
Boron - -
PERMISSIBLE DEVIATIONS PERCENT*
-/- 0.005 & 0.01 + 0.02
+ 0.03 - 0.00 * 0.03 + 0.05
* 0.04 + 0.05
+ 0.05 & 0.07 f 0.10 f 0.15
f 0.05 & 0.10 * 0.15 + 0.20
f 0.03 f 0.05 f 0.10
+ 0.05
r;;;:
*f means that in one cast the deviations may occur over the upper value or under the lower value of the specified range in Tables 1, 2 and 3 but not both at the same time.
10
IS ; 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
6.2 The tolerance and out-of-roundness of the bars/wire rods/wire shall be as follows:
Delivery Condition TOleratue Out-of-Roundness
As-rolled condition -I As-rolled and sphero- ) IS : 3739-1972* IS : 3739-1972* dize annealed condition J
Bars in other conditions XS : 9550-1980t IS : 9550-1980t
Wire rods up to 25 mm f 0’25 1 Wire rod over 25 mm to & 0.30 )
80 percent of diameter
@mm I tolerance
Wire As agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier
NOTE - For wire rods, more relaxed tolerances may be agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier when so required.
7. FREEDOM FROM DEFECTS
7.1 The steel shall be free from internal and surface defects likely to have an adverse effect during cold heading or subsequent heat treatment.
7.2 The bars and wires, shall be normally subjected to any non-destructive- test capable of revealing all the surface defects which would lead to rejection of the material on the basis of mutually agreed standard of acceptance.
In the absence of any non-destructive test, adequate number of samples shall be tested by macro-etching/microscopic examination and the acceptance surface defects level shall be as given below:
O.D. ( mm ) Defect Depth ( mm ), Max
2-6 0.06
7-10 0.08
11-15 0.10
16-20 0.12
21-30 0’15
31-100 To be mutually agreed
*Dimensional tolerances for carbon and alloy constructional steel products. tspecification for bright bars.
11
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
7.3 To ensure the freedom from defects harmful for cold heading products the purchaser may ask a cold heading test to be performed on representative samples of the supply lot. When such a test is agreed to, it shall -be conducted as per Appendix B.
7.4 The material should be free from harmful microscopic defects like dendrities, blowholes, porosity, segregation, flakes, etc, which may impair the intended application of the material. A macro-etch test shall be pz&i;led to ensure freedom from such defects [ see 1S : 7739 ( Part 5 )-
.
7.5 The peeled or centreless ground material should be free from any decarburization. In all other conditions of delivery the depth of decarburization shall be as given below whilst being totally free from completely ferritic decarburized zone:
Diameter Permissible Depth of Ferritic-Pea&tic d Decarburization in the Condition?
r--h__y From up to C+AC Untreated or
mm mm or C+AC+IC AC mm mm
8 0.10 0.12
8 12 0.12 0.15
12 17 0.16 0.20
17 23 20 0.25
23 27 0.24 0.29 ( Ml07 x d )+0*05 ( 0.009 xd )+0*05
NOTE 1 - Decarburization shall be checked on 4 points of cross-section and the average reading shall not exceed the above limits.
NOTE 2 - If in special cases other values for the permissible depth of the ferritic pearlitic decarburixation are required, these shall be specially agreed at the time of the enquiry and order.
*Code of practice for preparation of metallographic specimens: Part 5 Iron and steel, TThe steels are usually delivered in one of the followpi heat treated conditions:
Annealed -Annealed and peeled AC + P Cold drawing and annealed C+AC Cold drawn and annealed and lightly
Cold reduced ( for example with a C+AC+IC reduction of 5 percent )
Cold heading and cold extruding case hardening steets are also delivered in the untreated condition, mainly to drawing shops.
12
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
8. HARDNESS
8.1 The maximum hardness for products delivered in annealed condition when determined in accordance with IS : 1500-1983* shall be given in Table 5.
TABLE 5 MAXIMUM HARDNESS FOR PRODUCTS DELIVERED IN THE ANNEALED CONDITION
STEEL DESIGNATION
4c2
5c3
7c3
lOC4
14C6
15c4
15C8
2OC8
2x4
25C8
3OC8
35C8
4OC8
45C8
2OC15
27Cl5
37c15
35Mn6Mo3
35Mn6Mo4
40Cr4
4UCr4Mo3
BEINELL HARDNESS,
Max HBS
120
120
120
130
140
140
140
150
150
150
160
160
170
170
170
198
190
190
190
200
200
STEEL DESIGNATION
25Cr13Mo6
4ONil4
35Ni5Cr2
30Ni13Cr5
llC15
15Cr3
16Mn5Cr4
20MnCr5
16Ni3Cr2
16Ni4Cr3
13Ni13Cr3
15Ni5Cr5
20Ni7Mo2
PONiCrMo2
15Ni5Cr4Mol
15Ni7Cr4Mo2
16Ni8Cr6Mo2
2lClOBT
26ClOBT
34C14BT
38Cr4Mk2BT
BXINELL HAKDNEIS
%S
190
190
190
200
170
140
160
170
160
180
190
200
180
180
180
180
190
160
160
190
206
*Method for Brine11 hardness test for metallic materials ( second rev&n ). *
13
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
9. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES
9.1 The mechanical properties of the steel in any particular condition of supply shall be according to the agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
9.1.1 The mechanical properties including U.T.S. and reduction of area in the as-delivered condition shall be subject to agreement between the contracting parties.
9.2 Should the customer ask for it the steels specified in Tables 2 and 3 ’ shall be capable to satisfying the requirements for following recommended mechanical properties in the heat treated ( quenched and tempered ) condition:
Brine11 hardness ( see IS i 1500-1983* ) Ultimate tensile strength 7 0.2 percent proof stress ( for steels of k
Table 2 only ) as per IS : 1608-1972t
Elongation ( on 5*652/A ) i Izod impact strength ( as per IS : 1598-l-977$ )
9.2.1 The requirements for the mechanical properties referred to in 9.2 for different ruling sections is given in Tables 6 and 7 as a guidance.
9.2.2 The properties given in Tables 6 and 7 are applicable to test pieces taken on rounds in the direction of the fibre, the axis of which corresponds to Fig. 1.
10. METALLURGICAL PROPERTIES
10.1 The microstructure of the steel shall be fixed by mutual agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer. When the material is required in spherodized annealed condition it will have a microstructure which is characterized by a high degree of spherodization of at least 90 percent of carbides, as revealed by a ~microstructure properly prepared and etched and viewed eat a magnification not less than x 500.
NOTE - It should be taken into account that the spherodization of ~the cementite is more difficult for steels with lower carbon content.
10.2 If for the steel grades included in Tables 2 and 3, a controlled austenitic grain size is required then the austenitic grain size will be determined according to IS : 2853-1964s and should be between 5 to 8. The portion of grains of other sizes ( outside 5 to 8 ) shall be less than 20 percent and must not be coarser than 4.
*Methods for Brine11 hardness test for metallic materials ( second reuision ). iMethod for tensile testing of steel products (first reuision b fIzod impact test for metals (first revision ). §Method of determining austenitic grain size of steel.
14
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
TABLE 6 RECOMMENDED MECHANICAL PROPERMES ACHIEVABLE IN COMMONLY USED STEELS IN HARDENED AND
TEMPERED CONDTMON ( clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 )
STEEL DESIQ- TENSILB ~'ZPICROENT MINIMUM PERCENTAUE LIBZITING NATION STRENGTH PROOFSTRESS PERCIWUGE IMPACTRA RULING
MPa MPa Min OFEL;F$ATION STRENC+TH SECTIO~,~~
JOULES
2oc8 540-690 490-640
-
370 295 -
25CXl 580-730 540-690
-
390 330
35C8 620-770 420 580-730 365 540-690 325
4OC8 660-810 450 620-770 390 580-730 340
45C8 700-850 460 660-810 410 620-7 70 375
4OCr4 1 000-l 200 880 900-I 180 680 800-950 570
40Cr4Mo3 1 100-l 300 900 1 000-I 200 750
900-l 100 700
20 22 -
::
17
::
:8” 19 14 16 17
:: 14 IO 11 12
’ 45 50
45 50 -
2: 50
z 50 25 48 45
:: 50
z 50
-iii- 39 -
30 -
i: 29
20 20 20
;:
as 29
z: 34
16
1g
10.3 Inclusion rating of the specimen shall not exceed the following limits:
Thin Heavy
A 2 I ‘5
E 2 1’5 2 l-5
D 2 1’5
10.3.1 Inclusion rating shall be determined in accordance with IS : 4163-1967*. The worst field of each inclusion from each specimen shall be recorded as a rating for the specimen.
NOTE - In case of minimum rulphur specified, the level of sulphide inclusion shall be mutually agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier.
*Methods of determination inclusion content in steel by microscopic method.
15
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
11. HARDENABILITY
11.1 For steels ordered on the basis of end-quenched hardenability the requirements shall be mutually agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
11.1.1 The method of testing Jominy hardenability of steel shall be in accordance with IS : 3848-1981*.
li.1.2 For steels ordered on the basis of core hardenability, the values should be as given in Appendix C. The hardening process should be as given in Appendix C.
TABLE 7 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF CASE HARDENING STEELS IN THE REPINED AND QUENCHED CONDITION ( CORE PROPERTIES)
( Clauses 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 )
k STEEL TENSILE DESIC+NA- STRENOTH,
TION Min
9 ii)
iii) iv) v)
vi) vii)
viii)
1oc4 500 14C6 500
1 lCl5 15Cr3 16Mn5Cr4 20MnCr5 16Ni3Cr2 16Ni4Cr3
ix)
x)
13Ni13Cr3
15Ni 16Cr5
xi)
xii)
20Ni7Mo2
20Ni7CrMo2
xiii)
xiv)
15Ni5Cr4Mol
15Ni7Cr4Mo2
xv) 16Ni8Cr6Mo2
MPa
600 600 800
1 000 700 850 800 750 850 800
1 350 1 200 1 150
850 700 900 800 750
1 000 950
1 100 1 000
950 1 350 1 200 1 150
ELONGATION, IZOD hWJ!INC? Min, GATJQE IXPACT RULING
VALUE, Min SECTION LENGTH
5.65 dr PERCENT
(IF SPEGUWED) JOULES mm
::
17 13 i0
1: 12
- 12
s -
12
11
s
s -
s -
-
15 Over 15
up to 30 30
z): 30
3”: 60 90
1:: 30
60 90
NOTE-~ agreed.
ore properties for wire diameter 12 mm and below should be mutually
*Method for end quench testing for hardenability of steel (Jirst revision ).
16
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
TENSILE TEST PIECE
r-f-1 t+--j- IMPACT TEST PIECE
i. .j 4
All dimensions in millimetres.
FIG. 1 LOCATION OF THE TEST PIECE IN THE PRODUCTS TO BE DELIVERED
17
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
12. SAMPLING
12.1 For the purpose of this standard, products belonging to the same cast and same annealing condition shall constitute a lot. Samples shall be tested.from each lot.
12.2 The ladle analysis shall be supplied by the producer. If a product analysis is required by the purchaser at least one sample product shall be taken from each heat.
12.2.1 For product analysis the selection of samples shall be carried out in accordance with IS : 3711-1966*.
12.3 For determination of hardness of annealed materials, one sample product shall be taken for each lot, subject to the minimum of at least two samples from each heat.
12.4 Test pieces for mechanical tests shall be taken in the longitudinal direction of the product in accordance with Fig. 1. Two test pieces shall be taken from each annealing batch.
12.5 General condition for selection and preparation of samples shall be in accordance with IS : 3711-1966*.
13. RETESTS
13.1 Retest for Product Analysis - If the results of the product analysis do not meet the composition requirements given in Tables 1 to 4, unless otherwise agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer, two new samples shall be taken on different pieces from the same cast. Should the two analysis satisfy the requirements, the lot represented shall be accepted. Should either of the two tests fail, the material shall be taken as not complying with this standard.
13.2 Retests for Hardness and Mechanical Tests - If the samples selected under 12.3 and 12.4 fail to meet the requirements under 9.1.1 and 9.2.1 two further samples shall be selected from the same heat-treat- ment batch. The consignment shall be considered to conform to the requirements if both the additional tests are satisfactory. Should either ofthe samples fail, the manufacturer shall have the right, if he so desires, to reheat-ireat the product in any suitable manner, before two fresh samples are taken for testing. Should the two tests satisfy the requirements ofthis standard, the lot represented shall be accepted. Should either of the samples fail the material shall be taken as not complying with this standard.
*Method for selection and preparation of samples and test pieces for mechanical tests for wrought steel.
18
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
14. PACKING AND MARKING
14.1 Steel bars shall be suitably bundled and packed as per order. A metal tag, giving the following informations, shall be attached to each bundle:
a) Name and trade-mark of the manufacturer,
b) Steel grade, and
c) The cast number or any other identification by which the steel can be traced to the cast and heat treatment batch from which it was made.
14.1.1 The colour code scheme specified in IS : 2049-1978* as required by the purchaser may be adopted to mark the grade of the material.
14.2 The material may also be marked with the IS1 Certification Mark.
NOTE - The use of the IS1 Certification Mark is governed by the provisions of the Indian Standards Institution ( Certification Marks ) Act and the Rules and Regu- lations made thereunder. The IS1 Mark on products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the assurance that they have been produced to comply with the require- ments of that standard under a well-defined system of inspection, testing and quality control which is devised and supervisedby IS1 and operated by the producer. IS1 marked products -are also continuously checked by IS1 for conformity to that standard as a further safeguard. Details of conditions under which a licence for the use of the IS1 Certification Mark may be granted to manufacturers or processors, may be obtained from the Indian Standards Institution.
APPENDIX A
( Clause 0.4 )
BASIS FOR ORDER
A-l. While placing an order for the steels covered by this standard the purchaser should specify clearly the following:
a) Grade; b) Quality ( requirement class );
c) Size;
d) Finish;
e) Tests required;
f) Special requirments, such as coating, bundling or packing;
g) Method of manufacture; and
h) Test reports, if required. I.
*Colour code for tbe identification of wrought steels for general engineering purposes (first reuision ) .
19
IS : 11169 ( Part 1) - 1984
APPENDIX B ( Clause 7.3 )
TEST TO ENSURE THE FREEDOM FROM HARMFUL DEFECTS
B-l. The cold heading test applies only for products having diameter between 6 mm and 30 mm ( both figures included ). If this test is required and if not otherwise agreed at the time of enquiry and order, straight test pieces with parallel cut and faces and an initial height of h, ~7: 1.5 x do ( d,, = diameter of the test piece ) are to be prepared without altering the original surface of the same product. Samples from products which have not been heat-treated after hot-rolling may be transformed into the heat-treated condition to be obtained prior to cold heading.
B-2. The test pieces for cold heading test shall be headed, at ambient temperatures to one-third or one-fifth of their initial height or as agreed to between the purchaser and the supplier. If for very large sample diameter or insufficient capacity~of the press the heading test cannot be carried out at ambient temperature, it may be carried out, after agree- ment, at approximately 500°C. Where necessary, other requirements and test conditions can be agreed to at the time of enquiry and order.
B-3. The frequency and intensity of the perfection on the cold headed test pieces for acceptance shall be as below:
Grade 0 - No cracks
01 - Cracks width 0.10 mm
1 - Cracks width 0*10/0.25 mm
2 - Cracks width 0*25/0,50 mm
The heat is acceptable if ( a ) not more than 10 percent samples show grade 01 and ( b ) no sample shows grade 1 nor higher.
Any other acceptance criterion for cold heading test has to be mutually agreed upon.
B-4. Minimum of 10 or 10 percent coils per lot/cast shall be tested for above at both ends of coil. For rods up to 500 in number, the sample shall be 1 percent or 10 pieces, whichever is more at both ends and above 500 bars in a lot, the samples taken shall be 1 percent.
20
IS : 11169 ( Part 1 ) - 1984
APPENDIX C
( Clauses 2.2 and 11.1.2)
DIAMETER UP TO WHICH, AFTER QUENCHING IN AN OIL OF HIGH QUENCHING CAPACITY, A HARDNESS OF 40,
45 OR 48 HRC CAN BE ACHIEVED FOR THE CORE (~THE VALUES ARE FOR GUIDANCE ONLY )
Steel Designation ( Old Designation )
Hardness in the Core
(HRC)
35C8 40
4OC8 ( C 40 ) 40
45C8 ( C 45 ) 40
2OC15 (20 Mb 2 ) -
27C15 (27 Mn 2) -
37C15 ( 37 Mn 2 ) 40
35Mn6Mo3 ( 35 Mn 2 Mo29 -
4OCr4 ( 40 Cr 1) ’ 40
40Cr4Mo3 ( 40 Cr 1 MO 28 ) 48
25Cr13Mo6 ( 25 Cr 3 MO 55 ) -
40 Ni 14 ( 40 IVi 3 ) - -
35Ni5Cr2 ( 35 Ni 1 Cr 60 ) -
3ONilSCr5 ( 30 Ni 4 Crl ) -
21ClOBT 40
26ClOBT 40
34C 14BT 40
38Cr4Mn2BT -
Maximum Dia
( mm )
8
11
12 -
-
15
28
28 -
-
-
12
16
26
Hardening Temperature (“C)
840-880
830-860
830-860 -
-
820-850 -
850-880
850-880 -
-
-
-
880
880
850 -
NOTE - For steels where n0 values have been indicated, the requirements should
be mutually agreed, if necessary.
21
INTERNATIONAL SYSTEM OF UNITS ( SI UNITS )
Base Units
QUANTITY
Length
Mass
Time
Electric current
Thermodynamic temperature
Luminous intensity
Amount of substance
Supplementary Unit8
QUANTITY
Plane angle
Solid angle
Derived Units
QUAXTXTY
Force
Energy
Power
Flux
Flux density
Frequency
Electric conductance
Electromotive force
Pressure, stress
UNIT
metre
kilogram
second
ampere
kelvin
candela
mole
UNIT
radian
steradinn
UNIT
newton
joule
watt
weber
tesla
hertz
siemens
volt
Pascal
SYXEOL
m
kg
A EC
cd
mol
SPxnoL
rad
Sr
SYXl3OL
N
J W
LYb
T
II2
s
V
Pa
1 N = 1 kg.m/s’
1 J = 1 N.m
1 W=lJ/r
1 Wb = 1 V.r
1 T = 1 Wb/m*
1 Hz - I c/s (s-1) 1 S = 1 A/V
1 v - l W/A
1 Pa = 1 N/m*
IS-11169 ( Part 2 ) : 1999
Indian Standard
STEELS FOR COLD HEADING/COLD EXTRUSION APPLICATIONS-
SPECIFICATION PART 2 STAINLESS STEELS
UDC 669’14’018’8
Q BIS 1990
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002 ..-C
January 1.&O \
Price Groap 2 .
Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee, SMDC 19
FOREWORD.
This Indian Standard ( Part 2 ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian Standards on 25 May 1989, after the draft finalized by the Alloy Steels and Special Steels Sectional Committee had been approved by the Structural and Metals Division Council.
IS 11169 ( Part I ) Steels for cold heading/cold extrusion applications : Part 1 Wrought carbon and low alloy steels was issued in 1984. This standard covers:
a) Carbon steels, b) Alloy steels, c) Carbon steels with boron, and d) Alloy steels with boron.
In view of the special requirements of stainless steels for cold heading/cold extrusion application, it was recommended by the committee to treat this topic as a separate part of the standard,
This standard is exclusively covering the application of stainless steels for cold heading processes. This standard ( Part 2 1 has been prepared keeping in view that the particulars to be specified while ordering the steel are as per ( Part 1 ) of this standard.
In & preparation of this standard ( Part 2 ), manufacturing and trade practices followed in the country in this field have been kept in view. Also due weightage has been given to the! need for international coordination in standardization. The following Indian and international standards have been referred:
IS 1570 ( Part 5 ) : 1985
IS 6527 : 1972
IS0 4954 : 1979
DIN 1654 ( Part 5 ) : 1980
Schedules for wrought steels : Part 5 Stainless and heat-resisting steels (first revision )
Stainless steel wire rod
Steels for cold heading and cold extruding
Steels for cold heading and cold extruding, technical conditions of delivery for stainless steels. ( DIN).
Deutsches Institut fiir Normung
For the purpose of deciding whether a particular requirement of this standard is complied with, the final value, observed or calculated, expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be rounded off in accordance with IS 2 : 1960 ‘Rules for rounding off numerical values ( revised )‘. The number of significant places retained in the rounded off value should be the same as that of the specified value m this standard.
Is 11169 ( Part 2 ) : 1989
Indian Standard
STEELS FOR COLD HEADING/COLD EXTRUSION APPLICATIONS-
SPECIFICATION PART 2 STAINLESS STEELS
1 SCOPE
1.1 This standard ( Part 2 ) covers the require- ments for wrought stainless steels intended for cold heading and are delivered as wires, wire rods or bars. It applies to ferritic, martensitic and austenitic stainless steels.
2 REFERENCES
2.1 The Indian Standards listed below are necessary adjuncts to this standard:
IS No. Title
IS 228 ( in parts ) Methods of chemical analysis of steels ( second revision )
IS 2049 : 1978 Colour code for the identi- fication of wrought steels for general engineering purposes (Jirst revision )
Table 1 Summary of Quality Requirement Classes
IS 3711 : 1966 Method for selection and pre- paration of samples and test pieces for mechanical tests for wrought steels
IS 8910 : 1978 General technical delivery requirements for steel and steel products
3 SUPPLY OF MATERIAL
3.1 General requirements relating to the supply of material shall conform to IS 8910 : 1978. Steel covered by the standard shall be ordered and delivered on any one of the following basis:
a) Chemical composition, or
b) Chemical composition and mechanical properties.
4 REQUIREMENT CLASSES
4.1 When steel is ordered in accordance with this standard, one of the three classes ( see Table 1 ) shall be agreed at the time of enquiry.
1
SI No.
QaalityTyRpceplllrement Rcqat,;;+ent
6 6 1 2 3
i) Chemical composition:
a) Ladle analysis X x X
b) Check analysis x - -
ii) Mechanical properties:
a) Supply condition* X X X
b) At room temperature? - x X
c) At temperature from - - - 50 to 300°ct
*As per delivery conditions covered under 10.
tin the heat treatment conditions specified in Tables 5 and 6.
5 MANUFACTURE
5.1 Unless otherwise agreed to in the order, the processes used in making the steel are left to the discretion of the manufacturer. When so desired, the purchaser shall be informed of the steel making process.
6 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION
6.1 The ladle analysis of different grades of steel when carried out either in accordance with relevant parts of 1s 228 or any other established instru- mental/chemical method should conform to the values given in Table 2. In case of dispute, the procedure given in various parts of IS 228 ( in parts ) shall be the referee method.
6.1.1 For cases where the methods of chemical analysis are not covered in any part of IS 228, mutually agreed methods may be adopted by the manufacturer and the customer.
IS 11169 ( Pnrt 2 ) : 1989
Table 2 Chemical Compositiolt ( Applicable to LadIe AnaIysis )
C Clauses 6.1, 6.2 and 12.1 )
Sl IUQ.
Steel Grade
(1)’ (2)
i) Ferritic steei x 07Cr17
ii) Martensitic steel x 12Cr12
(3) (4)
0.12 1-o -Max: *
068-0’15 1-o
iii) Austenitic steel 0’030 x02Cr19NilO Max
x04Cr19NilO
xWCr17Ni12Mo2
xO4Crl8NilOTi
xO4Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti
x 02Cr17Nil2MoZ
Elements, Percent c
Carbon Silicon (C) (SC)
1-O
O-OS Max
1’0
0’08 E-0 MUX
0.08 Max
O-08 Max
f-0
0’030 14 Ma-X
Manga- N;;y C%h&one Molybde- nese num
Su:Spwr Phos- Others’ phorus,
(P) Max
0
2-O
2’0
2-o
2-o
2-O
2-O
8Q-12’0
10’5-12’0
10-O.14-O
9’0-12Q
10’0-14-0
10%14’0
17.5-20.0
17-o-20.0
160-18.0
17-O-19+
16’0-18.0
16%18.0
(8) (%
- O-030
- O-030
- 0’030
- O-030
2-0-3.0 0’030
- 0.030
20-3-O o-030
2’0-3’0 O-030
(11)
-
-
-
-
-
6.2 The permissible variation in the case of product analysis from the limits specified in Table 2 shall be according to Table 3.
Table 3 Permissibb Deviation in Check AnaIysis
( Clauses 6.2 and 12.1 )
Constituent Permissible Content in Permissible Cast Analysis, Percent Deviation
(Percent)
Over Including
Carbon
Silicon Manganese
Chromium 11.5 20 f 020 Molybdenum 2-O 3.0 f 0.10 Nickel 8.0 14’0 & 0.15 Sulphur - 0.03 f 0’005 Phosphorus - OU5 f @005 Titanium 0’40 0.80 f 0’05
7 FREEDOM FROM DEFECTS
7.1 The material shall be free from harmful inter- nal and surface defects.
2
8 MECHANICAL PROPLRTIES
8.1 For all steels, which are ordered, shall be of the treatment conditions indicated in 10, the maximum values for tensile and yield strength (TS) and the minimum value for reduction of area (RA) as specified in Table 4 shall apply.
8.2 For all steels which are ordered in accordance with the requirements of Class 2, the mechanical properties specified in Table 5 shall apply for reference test pieces which are heat treated io accordance with the recommendations of Table 6.
9 CORROSION RESISTANCE
9.1 The performance of stainless steeIs under various conditions of chemical attack cannot be characterized by test values as general norms. If desired, a corrosion test shall be agreed to at the time of enquiry and order.
10 TREATME&T CONDITION OF DELIVERY
10.0 The steels shall be usually delivered in one of the foltowing treatment conditions unless speci- fically agreed to. at the time of enquiry/order.
,
IS 11169 ( Part 2 > : 1989
Table 4 Treatment
( CIause 8.1 )
Steel Grade Treatment for Fe&tic and Martensitic Grades
x07017 x 12cr12 x02Cr19NilO xO4Cr19NilO x04Cr17NilZMo2 xOlCrlSNilOTi2 xO4Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti
x02017Nil2Mo2
ACorAC+P:C+-AC:C+AC+LC Treatment for Austenitic Grades
--- -- L ” - Q or Q+P C+Q E+Q-tLC
m r L \
Reduction Teosile Reduction 5ze--- Strength in Area
“‘%?” in Area
str%:th
Re$rrc;an
MPa Percent Percent Percent Max Min Max Mitt Max Min
570 63 570 60 620 65 600 60 600 62 640 62 630 55 630 55 680 55 680 5.5 680 55 730 55 680 55 680 55 730 55 680 5.5 680 55 730 55 680 5s 680 55 730 55 680 5s 680 55 730 55
Table 5 Mechanical Properties of Steels as per Heat Treatment Condition in Table 6
( Clause 8.2 ) k.
Steel Grade Heat Yield Point or Tensile Elongation Impact U Treatment 0.2% Proof St;;gth Percent Condition Stress, MPa
Min tiP;l
N;tc$$ mm
G.L(.%& /s;; *
Ferritic xOlCr17 Annealed 270 450-600 20 - Martensitic x 12012 Quenched & 450 600-750 18 50
Tempered Austenitic xOXrI9NilO Quenched 175 450- 700 50 60
x04Cr19NilO 185 500-700 50 60 x04Cr17Ni12MoZ 205 500-700 45 60 xO4CrlSNilOTi 205 500-750 40 60 x04Cr17Nil2Mo2Ti 225 500-750 40 60 x02Cr17Ni12Mo2 225 500-750 40 60
Table 6 Heat Treatment Condition
( Clause 8.2 )
Steel Grade Annealing Quenching Tempering c-_&-7 r-- ~-h------, Temp “C
Temp “C Cooling Temp “C Cooling Medium Medium
Ferritic x07Crl7 750-850 Air/water - - -
Martensitic x 12CrI2 700.780 Furnace 950-l 000 Oil or Air 750-850 or Air
Austcnitic x02Cr19NilO - 1 000-I 050 x 04Cr19NilO - - 1 000-l 050
x 04Cr17Ni12Mo2 - - 1050-I ioo
x04Crl8NilOTi - 1 020-l 070
x04Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti - - 1050-I 100
x02Cr17Ni12Mo2 - - 1050-I 100
I 3
0
i
1s 11169 ( Part 2 ) : 1989
10.1 Ferrltic and Martensitlc St&s
AnneaIed ( spheroidization of carbides )
Annealed ( spheroidized ) and peeled
Cold drawn and annealed ( spheroidized )
Cold drawn, annealed ( spheroi- dized ) and lightly cold reduced ( for example, with reduction of 5 percent )
10.2 Austenltic Steels
Quenched
Quenched and peeled
Cold drawn and quenched
Cold dr;,a quenched and lightly reduced ( for example, with reduction of 5 percent )
11 SAMPUNG
AC
AC+P
C+AC
C+AC+LC
Q
Q+P C+Q C+Q+LC
12 RETESTS
12.1 Retest for Product Analysis
If the results of product analysis do not meet the composition requirements given in Tables 2 and 3, unless otherwise agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer, two new samples shall be taken on different pieces from the same cast. Should the two analysis satisfy the requirements. the lot represented shall be accepted. Should either of the tests fail, the material shall be taken as not complying with this standard.
12.2 Retest for Mechanical Tests in the Heat Treated Condition
11.1 Sampling for Chemical Analysis
The ladle analysis shall be supplied by the producer. If a product analysis is required by the purchaser, at least one sample product shall be taken from each cast.
If the samples selected fail to meet the require- ments stipulated, two further samples shall be selected from the same heat treatment batch or lot. The consignment shall be considered to conform to the requirements if both the additional tests are satisfactory. If either of the samples fails, the manufacturer shall have the right, if he so desires in case of heat-treated material, to reheat- treat the product in any suitable manner before two fresh samples are taken for testing. If the two tests satisfy the requirements of this standard, the lot represented shall be accepted and if either of the samples fails, the material shall be taken as not complying with this standard.
13 PACKING OF MATERIALS AND MARKING
13.1 Steel bars shall be suitably bundled. A metal tag giving the following information shall be attached to each bundle:
a) Name or trade-mark of the manufacturer,
b) Steel grade, and
11.2 Sampling for Mechanical Properties
If required by the purchaser, one sample product shall be taken from each size grouping of each heat-treated batch for testing. If the product is continuously heat-treated, the sampling for mechanical tests shall be as agreed to between the purchaser and the manufacturer.
General conditions for selection and preparation of samples and test pieces shall be in accordance with IS 3711 : 1966. to mark the grade of the material.
c) The cast number or any other identification mark by which the steel can be traced to the cast and heat treatment batch from which it was made.
13.2 The colour scheme specified in IS 2049 : 1978 or as required by th: purchaser may be adopted _
Standard Mark
The use of the Standard Mark LS governed by the provisions of the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1980 and the Rules and Regulations made thereunder. The Standard Mark on products covered by an Indian Standard conveys the assurance that they have been produced to comply with the requirements of that standard under a well defined system of inspection, testing and quality control which IS devised and supervised by BIS and operated by the producer. Standard marked products are also contmuously checked by BIS for conformity to that srandard as a further safeguard. Details of conditions under which a hcence for the use of the Standard Mark may be granted to manufacturers or producers may be obtained from the Bureau of Indian Standards.
-
BIS is a statutory institution established under the BurMu o/ Indian Smmfiw~ Act, 1986 to promote harmonious development of the activities & standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to connected matters in the country.
. ’ Copyright
BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations. Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director ( Publications j. BIS.
Revision of Indian Standards
Indian Standards are reviewed periodically and revised, when necessary and amendments, u any, arc issued from time to time. Users of Indian Standards should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition. Comments on this Indian Standard may be sent to BIS giving the following reference:
Dot : No. MTD 16 ( 3338 )
Amendments Issued Since Publlcrtlom
Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected
+’ Headquarters :
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shtih afar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telephones : 331 01 31, 331 13 75 Telegrams : Manaksanstha
( Common to all Offices )
Regional Officer : Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Afar Marg 331 01 31 NEW DELHI 110002 331 13 75
Eastern : l/14 C. 1. T. Scheme VII M, V. 1. P. Road, Manlktola CALCUTTA 700054 36 24 99
Northern : SC0 445-446, Sector 35-C. CHANDlGARH 160036 2 1843 3 16 41
Southern : C. I. T. IV Cross
Campus, Road, MADRAS 600113
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri ( East ) BOMBAY 400093
“:::::: I 41 29 16
6 32 92 95
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR, KANPUR. PATNA.
~ TIUVANDRUM.
Printed at Printwell Printers, Delhi. India
Licsns:;d
JIS G 3507-2: 2005
(JWPA)
JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL STANDARD
Translated and Published by
Japanese Standards Association
Carbon steels for cold headingPart 2 : Wires
reB 77.140.10; 77.140.65
Reference number: JIB G 3507--2 : 2005 (E)
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT 11 S
ANS!
G 3507-2 : 2005
Foreword
This translation has been made based on the original Japanese Industrial Standard established by the Minster of Economy, Trade and Industry through deliberations at the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee as the result of proposal of establishing a Japanese Industrial Standard from Japan Wire Products Association (JWPA), with a draft being attached, based on the provision of Article 12 Clause 1 of the Industrial Standardization Law.
Consequently JIS 3539 :1991 is replaced with this Standard.
This Standard. has been made based on ISO 4954:1993 Steels for cold headjng and cold extrllding for the purpose of making it easier to compare tills Standard with International Standard; to prepare Japanese Industrial Standard conforming with International Standard; and to propose a draft of an International Standard which is based on Japanese Industrial Standard.
Attention is drawn to the possibility that some parts of this Standard may conflict with a patent right, application for a patent after opening to the public, utility model right or application for registration of utility model after opening to the public which have technical properties. The relevant Minister and the Japanese Industrial Standards Committee are not responsible for identifYing the patent right, application for a patent after opening to the public, utility model right or application for registration of utility model after opening to the public which have the said. technical properties.
JIS G 3507 consists of the following 2 parts under the general title" Carbon steels for cold heading":
Part 1 : Wire rods
Part 2 : Wires
Date of Establishment: 2005-01-20
Date of Public Notice in Official Gazette: 2005-01-20
Investigated by: Japanese Industrial Standards Committee
Standards Board
Technical Committee on Iron and Steel
© JSA 2005
JIS G 3507-2: 2005, First English edition published in 2005-05
Translated and published by: Japanese Standards Association 4-1-24, Akasaka, Minato-ku, Tokyo, 107-8440 JAPAN
In the event of any doubts arising as to the contents, the original JIS is to be the final authority.
All rights reserved. No parl of this publication may be reproduced or utilized in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and microfilm, vvithout pennission in wriling from the publisher.
Printed in Japan IH/HB
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
prohibiitSd,
G 3507-2 : 2005
Contents
Page
Introduction ................................................................................................ 1
1 Scope ..................................................................................................... 1
2 Normative references ............................................................................... 1
3 Symbols of grade ..................................................................................... 1
4 Material ................................................................................................ 2
5 Manufacturing method ............................................................................. 2
6 Mechanical properties .............................................................................. 3
7 Metallographic structure .......................................................................... 5 7.1 Depth of decarburized layer .................................................................... 5 7.2 Spheroidized structure .......................................................................... 5
8 Tolerances on wire diameters and ovality .................................................... 5
9 Appearance and surface flaw ...... ···· .. ······ .... ···· .. ···· .. · .... · .......... ·· .. · .. · .... ·· .. · .. 6
10 Tests ................................................................................................... 6 10.1 Test piece .......................................................................................... 6
10.2 Tensile test· .......... · .. ····· .. ···· .... · .. ··· .. ···· .. ······ .... ·························· .. · .. ·· .. 6 10.3 Metallographic test ............................................................................. 7
lOA Measurement of wire diameter····· ...... · .. · .. · .. · .. ·· .... ··· .... ·· ...... ·· .. · .. ·· .... · .. ·· 7 10.5 Detection test for sul'face flaw" ............................................................. 7
11 Inspection' ..................................................... " .... .. .. . . .. ... ... . . . .. . . ... . . .. . ... 7
12 Marking··························· ................................................. .................. 7
13 Report ................................................................................................. 8
Annex (informative) Comparison table between JIS and corresponding International Standard ....... -.. --................. _ ............. _. _.. 10
G)
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
x
JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL STANDARD JIS G 3507-2 : 2005
Carbon steels for cold heading-Part 2 : Wires
Introduction This Japanese Industrial Standard has been prepared based on the second edition of ISO 4954 Steels for cold heading a11d cold extruding published in 1993
with some modifications of the technical contents.
Por60ns given sidelines are the matters in which the contents of the original International Standard have been modified. A list of modifications with the explanations is given in annex 1 (informative).
1 Scope This part of JIS G 3507 specifies the carbon steel wires for cold heading (hereinafter referred to as "wires") to be used for the manufacture of various types of
screws such as bolts, nuts, rivets, machine screws and tapping screws and various parts by cold heading.
Remarks: The International Standard corresponding to this part of JIS G 3507 is as follows.
In addition, symbols which denote the degree of correspondence in the contents between the relevant International Standard and JIS are TDT (identicaI), MOD (modified), and NEQ (not equivalent) according to ISOIIEC Guide 21.
ISO 4954 :1993 Steels for cold headi11g and cold extruding (MOD)
2 Normative references The standards listed in attached table 1 contain provisions which, through reference in this Standard, constitute provisions of this Standard. The most recent editions of the standards (including the amendments) shall be applied.
3 Symbol of grade The wires shall be classified into 6 grades for rimmed or equiva
lent steel, 11 grades for aluminium-killed steel and 21 grades for killed steel, and their symbols shall be as given in table 1.
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
order 1601
2 G 3507·2: 2005
Table 1 Symbols of grade --
TI. Symbol of Symbol of .L _'" Remarks Processing
Remarks ~_(l) methods (3) grade (1) methods (3)
SWCHGR Process D: D Rimmed or equivalent SWCH16K Process D: D Killed steel
SWCHSR Process DA : DA steel (2) SWCH17K Process DA : DA
SWCHlOR SWCH18K
SWCH12R SWCH20K
SWCH15R SWCH22K
SWCHl7R SWCH24K Process DA: DA f-. ~- --
SWCH6A Process D: D Aluminium -killed steel SWCH25K Process D: D
SWCH8A Process DA : DA Process DA : DA
SWCHlOA SWCH27K Process DA : DA
SWCH12A SWCH30K
SWCH15A SWCH33K
SWCH16A SWCH35K
SWCH18A SWCH38K
SWCH19A SWCH40K
SWCH20A SWCH41K
SWCH22A SWCH43K
SWCH25A SWCH45K
SWCHIOK Killed steel SWCH48K
SWCH12K SWCH50K
SWCH15K
Notes (1) The symbols of grade for wires are obtained by deleting the third letter R of the symbol of a grade in JIS G 3507-1 of the wire rod to be applied.
Wire rod
Example: SWRCH6R (2) Rimmed steel is included.
Wire
SWCH6R
(3) The process D means a process ·wherein wire rods are finished by cold working. The process DA means a process wherein wire rods having been cold worked are annealed and further finished by cold working or a process wherein wire rods are finished by cold working after annealing.
4 Material The wire rods to be used for the manufacture of the wires shall conform
to JIS G 3507-1.
5 Manufacturing method The manufacturing method shall be as follows:
a) The wire shall be manufactured by process D or DA. However, manufacturing processes other than given above may be selected by agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
b) The type of c;oating ovel' the wire surface may be specified by the purchaser.
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
3 G 3507-2 : 2005
6 Mechanical properties Wires shall be tested in accordance with 10.2, and the tensile test and the contI-action of area shall conform to table 2 in the case of process D and table 3 in the case of process DA. However, in the case by processes other than process D and process DA, they shall be subjected to the agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
Table 2 Mechanical properties of wires manufactured by process D
Symbol of Division of wire Tensile Reduction
(Informative) steel grade
diameter strength of area Hardness HRB
mm N/mm2 %
SWCH6R 3 max. 540 min. SWCH8R 45 min. SWCHIOR Over 3 to and incl. 4 440 min.
SWCH6A Over 4 to and incl. 5 390 min. SWCH8A SWCHIOA Over 5 340 min. 85 max.
SWCH12R 3 max. 590 min. SWCH15R -
Over 3 to and incl. 4 490 min. 45 min. SWCH12A --SWCH15A Over 4 to and incL 5 410 min. SWCHIOK SWCH12K Over 5 360 min. 90 max.
SWCH17R 3 max. 690 min.
SWCH16A Over 3 to and incl. 4 590 min. 45 min.
SWCH18A
SWCH20A Over 4 to and inc!. 5 490 min.
SWCH15K Over 5 410 min. 92 max. ,-
SWCH19A 3 or over to and incl. 4 640 min. SWCH16K f--.
SWCH17K Over 4 to and incl. 5 540 min. SWCH18K SWCH20K Over 5 to and incl. 30 440 min. 95 max.
SWCH22A 3 or over to and incl. 4 690 min. SWCH22K
Over 4 to and incl. 5 570 min. SWCH25A
SWCH25K Over 5 470 min. 98 max. '-----,--
Remarks 1 For wires of 20 mm or over in wire diameter, the reduction of area shall be a value 5 lower than the value in table 2. For those of diameter 3 mm or less, the reduction of area is not specified.
2 1 N/mm2 1 MPa
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
4 G 3507-2 : 2005
Table 3 Mechanical properties of wires manufactured by process DA
Symbol Tensile Reduction (Informative)
strength of area Hard.ness of steel grade
N/mm2 % HRB
SWCH6R 290 min. 55 min. 80 max. SWCH8R SWCH10R S\¥CH6A SWCH8A SWCHIOA SWCH12R 340 min. 83 max. SWCH15R SWCH12A SWCH15A S\¥CHIOK S\¥CH12K SWCH17R 370 min. 85 max. SWCH16A SWCH18A SWCH20A SWCH15K SWCH19A 410 min. 86 max. SWCH16K SWCH17K SWCH18K SWCH20K --SWCH22A 440 min. 88 max. SWCH22K SWCH25A SWCH25K SWCH24K 470 min. 92 max. S\¥CH27K
t---SWCH30K 620 max. S\¥CH33K SWCH35K ---SWCH38K 670 max. 94 max. S\¥CH40K SWCH43K SWCH41K 710 max. 97 max. SWCH45K S\¥CH48K SWCH50K ----
Remarks 1 For the low carbon steel wires given as SWCH 6R to SWCH 27K to be used for the products which are to be heat-treated, the lower limit of the tensile strength may be settled for lower values than that given in table 3 by the agreement between the purchaser and the supplier.
Ucenssd
2 For wires of 20 mm. or over in wire diameter, the reduction of area shall be a value 5 lower than the value in table 3. For those of diameter 3 mm or less, the reduction of area is not specified.
3 1 N/mm2 = IMPa
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
2/121.2010 P!lIi Singi€-us~! and
7 Metallographic structure
5 G 3507-2 : 2005
7.1 Depth of decarburized layer If specified by the purchaser, the wires of SWCH 30K to SWCH 50K shall be tested in accordance with 10.3.1, and the permissible limits of mean depth of decarburized layer shall be as specified in table 4. However, those of wires of 32 mm or over in wire diameter shall be as agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier.
Table 4 Permissible limits of mean depth of decarhurized layer
unIt: mm
Wire diameter Depth of ferrite Total depth of
decarburized layer decarburized layer
15 or under 0.02 max. 0.15 max ..
Over 15 to and incl. 25 0.03 max. 0.20 max.
Over 25 to and incl. 32 0.04 max. 0.25 max.
7.2 Spheroidized structure If specified by the purchaser, the wires produced by process DA shall be tested in accordance with 10.3.2, and the grade of spheroidized structure shall be as agreed upon by the purchaser and the supplier. In this case, the grades of the spheroidized structure of SWCH 30K to SWCH 50K shall be based on photo plates No. 1 to No.4 in attached figure 1.
8 Tolerances on wire diameters and ovality Wire diameters shall be measured in accordance with lOA, and tolerances on wire diameter and ovality (4) shall be as specified in table 5.
Note (4) The ovality means the difference between the maximum and the minimum wire diameters measured in the same cross-section.
Table 5 Tolerances on wire diameter and ovality
Unit: mm
Wire diameter Tolerances Ovality 1---' --
3 max. 0 0.013 max. -0.025 -
Over 3 to and incL 6 0 0.015 max. -0.030
Over 6 to and incL 10 0 0.018 max. -0.036
Over 10 to and inel. 18 0 0.022 max. -0.043 ---
Over 18 to and incl. 30 0 0.035 max. -0.070
Over 30 to Id incl. 40 0 0.050 max. -0.100
Over 40 to and incl. 50 0 0.070 max. -0.150 --------'--._--------
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
6 G 3507-2: 2005
9 Appearance and surface flaw The appearance and surface flaws of wires shall conform to the following a) and b):
a) The surface of wires shall be free from detrimental scale flow, rust or the like and shall be free from flaws detrimental to use excepting those allowed in b).
b) The surface flaws of wires shall be tested in accordance with 10.5. The depth of flaws shall conform to table 6 for killed steel (including aluminum-killed steen. However, in the case where a flaw depth in necessitated to be especially controlled, they shall conform to table 7 subject to the agreement between the purchaser and the supplier. When the flaw depth is especially requested to be eontrolled for 15 mm max. in wire diameter of rimmed corresponding steel (including rimmed steel) the surface flaw of wires may conform to table 8 as agreed upon between the purchaser and the supplier.
10 Tests
Table 6 Surface flaw depth of killed steel
Unit: mm
Table 7 Surface flaw depth of killed steel {when especially controlled}
Unit: mm
Table 8 Surface flaw depth of rimmed or equivalent steel {when especially controlled}
Unit: mm
10.1 Test piece Each one of the test pieces for meehanical properties, decarburized layer depth, spheroidized structure and surface flaw depth tests shall be taken from the same cast steel respectively, and be the same size, and have the same heat treatment.
10.2 Tensile test A tensile test shall be in accordance with JIS Z 2241. For the tensile test, t) No.9 test specimen in 5.1 (shape and dimensions of test piece) of JIS Z 2201
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
7 G 3507-2 : 2005
shall be used.
Further, whether test piece of No. 9A or No. 9B is selected from among No.9 test pieces, it shall be subjected to the agreement between the pm'chaser and the supplier.
10.3 Metallographic test
10.3.1 Decarburized layer depth measuring test The decarburized layer depth measuring test shall be in accordance with 4.1. (measuring method with microscope) of JIS G 0558. In that case, the carburized layer depth measured at four positions by equally dividing the circumference adopting the position of the maximum decarburized layer depth as an origin, and the mean value thereof shall be obtained.
10.3.2 Spheroidal structure test For a spheroidal structure test, a sm'face to be detected is observed with a microscope with 400 m.agnifications, and the degree of spheroidizing is classified into No. 1 to No.4 in accordance with attached figure l.
10.4 Measurement of wire diameter For measurement of a wire diameter, the maximum diameter and the minimum diameter of the same section at an al'bitrary position is measured with micrometer callipers as specified in JIS B 7502.
10.5 Detection test for surface flaw The method for detecting flaws shall be carried out by a suitable method such as magnetic particle testing and acid cleaning. The sample product shall be measured for surface flaw depth with a measuring device having an appropriate precision.
11 Inspection The inspection shall be as follows:
(a) General matters for inspection shall be in accordance with JIS G 0404.
(b) Mechanical properties shall be tested in accol'dance with 10.2 and conform to the requirements specified in clause 6.
(c) The decarburized layer depth, when specified by the purehaser, shall be tested in accordance with 10.3.1 and conform to the requirements specified in 7.l.
(d) The spheroidal structure, when specified by the purchaser, shall be tested in accordance with 10.3.2 and conform to the requirements specified in 7.2.
(e) The wire diameter shall be measured in accordance with lOA and conform to the l'equirements specified in clause 8.
(f) The surface flaws shall be tested in accordance with 10.5 and conform to the requirements specified in clause 9.
12 Marking The wires which have passed the inspection shall be clearly marked with the following particulars on each coil by suitable means. Some of the items below, however, may be omitted, if agreed between the purchaser and the supplier.
(a) Symbol of grade
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
8 G 3507-2 : 2005
(b) Symbol of manufacturing process, with D for process D and DA for process DA
(c) Wire diameter
(d) Mass of coil
(e) Heat number
(f) Manufacture number, inspection number or coil number
(g) Year and month of manufaCture
(11) Manufacturer's name or its identifying brand
13 Report The report shall conform to clause 13, (report) in JIS G 0404. When reO" quested by the purchaser, the class of an inspection document shall be symbol 2_3 (ac· ceptance test report) or 3. I.B (inspection certificate 3. LB) in table 1 (summary table of inspection document) in JIS G 0415_
Attached Table 1 Normative references
JIS B 7502 Microflwter callipers
JIS G 0404 Steel and steel products-General technical delivery requirements
JIS G 0415 Steel and steel products-Inspection documents
JIS G 0558 Methods of measuring decarburized depth for steel
JIS G 3507-1 Carbon steels for cold heading-Part 1: Wire rods
JIS Z 2201 .Test pieces for tensile test for metallic materials
JIS Z 2241 Method of tensile test for metallic fllateriais
PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT
10
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±²
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
Ü»½®·°¬±®æ
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ ïæ Ù»²»®¿´ ¬»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±²
w îððïò ÝÛÒ � ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ±º »¨°´±·¬¿¬·±² ·² ¿²§ º±®³ ¿²¼ ¾§ ¿²§ ³»¿²®»»®ª»¼ ©±®´¼©·¼» º±® ÝÛÒ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ³»³¾»®ò
λºò Ò±ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï Û
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»Aó°®»¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ ïæ ß´´¹»³»·²»¬»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»²
̸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ©¿ ¿°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ÝÛÒ ±² îððïóðìóïçò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¾±«²¼ ¬± ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ÝÛÒñÝÛÒÛÔÛÝ ×²¬»®²¿´ λ¹«´¿¬·±²©¸·½¸ ¬·°«´¿¬» ¬¸» ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¹·ª·²¹ ¬¸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿²§ ¿´¬»®¿¬·±²ò
Ë°ó¬±ó¼¿¬» ´·¬ ¿²¼ ¾·¾´·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´ ®»º»®»²½» ½±²½»®²·²¹ «½¸ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼ó¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ ±² ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ±® ¬± ¿²§ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»®ò
̸» Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ »¨·¬ ·² ¬¸®»» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±² øÛ²¹´·¸ô Ú®»²½¸ô Ù»®³¿²÷òß ª»®·±² ·² ¿²§ ±¬¸»® ´¿²¹«¿¹» ³¿¼» ¾§ ¬®¿²´¿¬·±² «²¼»® ¬¸» ®»°±²·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¿ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ·²¬± ·¬ ±©² ´¿²¹«¿¹» ¿²¼ ²±¬·º·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ¸¿¬¸» ¿³» ¬¿¬« ¿ ¬¸» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±²ò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¬¸» ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¾±¼·» ±º ß«¬®·¿ô Þ»´¹·«³ô ¬¸» ݦ»½¸Î»°«¾´·½ô Ü»²³¿®µô Ú·²´¿²¼ô Ú®¿²½»ô Ù»®³¿²§ô Ù®»»½»ô ×½»´¿²¼ô ×®»´¿²¼ô ׬¿´§ôÔ«¨»³¾±«®¹ô ¬¸» Ò»¬¸»®´¿²¼ô Ò±®©¿§ô ᮬ«¹¿´ô Í°¿·²ô Í©»¼»²ô Í©·¬¦»®´¿²¼ô¿²¼ ¬¸» ˲·¬»¼ Õ·²¹¼±³ò
ÛÒ ïðîêíóï
Ö«²» îððï
Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®»æ ®«» ¼» ͬ¿¿®¬ íêô Þóïðëð Þ®«»´
Û«®±°»¿² ݱ³³·¬¬»» º±® ͬ¿²¼¿®¼·¦¿¬·±²
ݱ³·¬7 Û«®±°7»² ¼» Ò±®³¿´·¿¬·±²
Û«®±°<·½¸» Õ±³·¬»» º$® Ò±®³«²¹
Þ¿®®»ô º·´ ³¿½¸·²» »¬ º·´ »² ¿½·»®°±«® ¼7º±®³¿¬·±² @ º®±·¼ »¬ »¨¬®«·±²@ º®±·¼ � ﮬ·» ïæ ݱ²¼·¬·±²¬»½¸²·¯«» ¹7²7®¿´» ¼» ´·ª®¿·±²
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
í
ì
ì
ë
ë
ë
ë
ê
ê
ê
ê
ê
ê
ê
é
é
é
é
è
è
è
è
ç
ç
ïð
ïð
ïð
ïð
ïï
ïî
ïî
ïî
ïí
ïì
ïì
ïë
ïë
ïë
ïë
ïë
ïë
ïç
îð
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» íÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
îî
îí
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ìÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ëÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» êÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» éÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» èÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» çÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïðÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
Ü·³»²·±² ·² ³·´´·³»¬®»
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïïÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
Ì¿¾´» ï ó Û¨¬»²·±² ±º ·²°»½¬·±²
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïîÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïíÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïìÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïëÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïêÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
îó
Ì»
¬
½±
²¼
·¬·±
²
º±
® ¬¸
» ª
»®·
º·½
¿¬·
±²
±º
¬¸»
®»
¯«
·®»
³»
²¬
¹·ª
»²
·²
½±
´«³
² î
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïéÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïèÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïçÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
ßòï
óÛ
ËÎ
ÑÒ
ÑÎ
ÓÍ
¿²
¼ ½
±®®
»
°±
²¼
·²¹
²¿
¬·±
²¿
´
¬¿²
¼¿
®¼
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» îðÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îïÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îîÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îíÛÒ ïðîêíóï æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»ó¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ îæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® ²·½¸¬ º$® »·²»É<®³»¾»¸¿²¼´«²¹ ²¿½¸ ¼»® Õ¿´¬ª»®¿®¾»·¬«²¹ ª±®¹»»¸»²» ͬ<¸´»
Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï ¸¿ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿ Ü×Ò Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
ß ½±³³¿ · «»¼ ¿ ¬¸» ¼»½·³¿´ ³¿®µ»®ò
Ò¿¬·±²¿´ º±®»©±®¼
̸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¸¿ ¾»»² °®»°¿®»¼ ¶±·²¬´§ ¾§ ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ ïë �É·®» ®±¼ � Ï«¿´·¬·»ô ¼·³»²·±²ô ¬±´»®¿²½» ¿²¼°»½·º·½ ¬»¬�ô ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ îí �ͬ»»´ º±® ¸»¿¬ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬ô ¿´´±§ ¬»»´ ¿²¼ º®»»ó½«¬¬·²¹ ¬»»´ � Ï«¿´·¬·»�ô ¿²¼ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ íð �ͬ»»´ ©·®»�ò
̸» ®»°±²·¾´» Ù»®³¿² ¾±¼§ ·²ª±´ª»¼ ·² ·¬ °®»°¿®¿¬·±² ©¿ ¬¸» Ò±®³»²¿«½¸« Û·»² «²¼ ͬ¿¸´ øͬ»»´¿²¼ ×®±² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ݱ³³·¬¬»»÷ô Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ݱ³³·¬¬»» Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»¬<¸´»ò
Ú±® »¿» ±º ®»º»®»²½»ô ¬¸» º±´´±©·²¹ ¬¿¾´» ½±®®»´¿¬» ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²ñ§³¾±´ «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóî©·¬¸ ¬¸±» ¹·ª»² ·² ¬¸» °®»»²¬ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
Ì¿¾´»æ ݱ®®»´¿¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóî ¿²¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóî
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóî ÛÒ ïðîêíóî
ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»® ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»®
Ϭ íîóí ïòðíðí ÝìÝ ïòðíðí
Ϭ íìóí ïòðîïí ÝèÝ ïòðîïí
Ïͬ íêóí ïòðîïì ÝïðÝ ïòðîïì
Ïͬ íèóí ïòðîíì ÝïëÝ ïòðîíì
ß³»²¼³»²¬
Ü×Ò ïêëìóîô ѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ô ¸¿ ¾»»² «°»®»¼»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ±º ÛÒ ïðîêíóîò
Ю»ª·±« »¼·¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóîæ ïçèðóðíô ïçèçóïðò
λºò Ò±ò Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððîóðîÛ²¹´·¸ °®·½» ¹®±«° ðé Í¿´» Ò±ò ïïðé
ðëòðî
ÜÛËÌÍÝØÛ ÒÑÎÓ Ú»¾®«¿®§ îððî
ÛÒ ïðîêíóî
ݱ²¬·²«»¼ ±ª»®´»¿ºò
ÛÒ ½±³°®·» é °¿¹»ò
w Ò± °¿®¬ ±º ¬¸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ®»°®±¼«½»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» °®·±® °»®³··±² ±ºÜ×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êòô Þ»®´·²ò Þ»«¬¸ Ê»®´¿¹ Ù³¾Øô ïðééî Þ»®´·²ô Ù»®³¿²§ô¸¿ ¬¸» »¨½´«·ª» ®·¹¸¬ ±º ¿´» º±® Ù»®³¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ øÜ×ÒóÒ±®³»²÷ò
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹ ¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²Ð¿®¬ îæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬»»´ ²±¬ ·²¬»²¼»¼ º±® ¸»¿¬
¬®»¿¬³»²¬ ¿º¬»® ½±´¼ ©±®µ·²¹
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±² ±º Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóî
Í«°»®»¼» Ü×Ò ïêëìóîôѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ò
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±²
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
Ü»½®·°¬±®æ
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ îæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬»»´ ²±¬ ·²¬»²¼»¼ º±® ¸»¿¬¬®»¿¬³»²¬ ¿º¬»® ½±´¼ ©±®µ·²¹
w îððïò ÝÛÒ � ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ±º »¨°´±·¬¿¬·±² ·² ¿²§ º±®³ ¿²¼ ¾§ ¿²§ ³»¿²®»»®ª»¼ ©±®´¼©·¼» º±® ÝÛÒ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ³»³¾»®ò
λºò Ò±ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï Û
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»Aó°®»¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ îæ Ì»½¸²·½¸»Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® ²·½¸¬ º$® »·²»É<®³»¾»¸¿²¼´«²¹ ²¿½¸ ¼»® Õ¿´¬óª»®¿®¾»·¬«²¹ ª±®¹»»¸»²» ͬ<¸´»
̸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ©¿ ¿°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ÝÛÒ ±² îððïóðìóïçò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¾±«²¼ ¬± ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ÝÛÒñÝÛÒÛÔÛÝ ×²¬»®²¿´ λ¹«´¿¬·±²©¸·½¸ ¬·°«´¿¬» ¬¸» ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¹·ª·²¹ ¬¸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿²§ ¿´¬»®¿¬·±²ò
Ë°ó¬±ó¼¿¬» ´·¬ ¿²¼ ¾·¾´·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´ ®»º»®»²½» ½±²½»®²·²¹ «½¸ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼ó¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ ±² ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ±® ¬± ¿²§ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»®ò
̸» Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ »¨·¬ ·² ¬¸®»» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±² øÛ²¹´·¸ô Ú®»²½¸ô Ù»®³¿²÷òß ª»®·±² ·² ¿²§ ±¬¸»® ´¿²¹«¿¹» ³¿¼» ¾§ ¬®¿²´¿¬·±² «²¼»® ¬¸» ®»°±²·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¿ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ·²¬± ·¬ ±©² ´¿²¹«¿¹» ¿²¼ ²±¬·º·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ¸¿¬¸» ¿³» ¬¿¬« ¿ ¬¸» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±²ò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¬¸» ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¾±¼·» ±º ß«¬®·¿ô Þ»´¹·«³ô ¬¸» ݦ»½¸Î»°«¾´·½ô Ü»²³¿®µô Ú·²´¿²¼ô Ú®¿²½»ô Ù»®³¿²§ô Ù®»»½»ô ×½»´¿²¼ô ×®»´¿²¼ô ׬¿´§ôÔ«¨»³¾±«®¹ô ¬¸» Ò»¬¸»®´¿²¼ô Ò±®©¿§ô ᮬ«¹¿´ô Í°¿·²ô Í©»¼»²ô Í©·¬¦»®´¿²¼ô¿²¼ ¬¸» ˲·¬»¼ Õ·²¹¼±³ò
ÛÒ ïðîêíóî
Ö«²» îððï
Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®»æ ®«» ¼» ͬ¿¿®¬ íêô Þóïðëð Þ®«»´
Û«®±°»¿² ݱ³³·¬¬»» º±® ͬ¿²¼¿®¼·¦¿¬·±²
ݱ³·¬7 Û«®±°7»² ¼» Ò±®³¿´·¿¬·±²
Û«®±°<·½¸» Õ±³·¬»» º$® Ò±®³«²¹
Þ¿®®»ô º·´ ³¿½¸·²» »¬ º·´ »² ¿½·»®°±«® ¼7º±®³¿¬·±² @ º®±·¼ »¬ »¨¬®«·±²@ º®±·¼ � ﮬ·» îæ ݱ²¼·¬·±²¬»½¸²·¯«» ¼» ´·ª®¿·±² ¼» ¿½·»®²�7¬¿²¬ °¿ ¼»¬·²7 @ «² ¬®¿·¬»³»²¬¬¸»®³·¯«» ¿°®8 ¬®¿ª¿·´ @ º®±·¼
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» íÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ìÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ëÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» êÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» éÛÒ ïðîêíóî æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ íæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»²º$® Û·²¿¬¦¬<¸´»
Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï ¸¿ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿ Ü×Ò Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
ß ½±³³¿ · «»¼ ¿ ¬¸» ¼»½·³¿´ ³¿®µ»®ò
Ò¿¬·±²¿´ º±®»©±®¼
̸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¸¿ ¾»»² °®»°¿®»¼ ¶±·²¬´§ ¾§ ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ ïë �É·®» ®±¼ � Ï«¿´·¬·»ô ¼·³»²·±²ô ¬±´»®¿²½» ¿²¼°»½·º·½ ¬»¬�ô ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ îí �ͬ»»´ º±® ¸»¿¬ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬ô ¿´´±§ ¬»»´ ¿²¼ º®»»ó½«¬¬·²¹ ¬»»´ � Ï«¿´·¬·»�ô ¿²¼ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ íð �ͬ»»´ ©·®»�ò
̸» ®»°±²·¾´» Ù»®³¿² ¾±¼§ ·²ª±´ª»¼ ·² ·¬ °®»°¿®¿¬·±² ©¿ ¬¸» Ò±®³»²¿«½¸« Û·»² «²¼ ͬ¿¸´ øͬ»»´¿²¼ ×®±² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ݱ³³·¬¬»»÷ô Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ݱ³³·¬¬»» Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»¬<¸´»ò
Ú±® »¿» ±º ®»º»®»²½»ô ¬¸» º±´´±©·²¹ ¬¿¾´» ½±®®»´¿¬» ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²ñ§³¾±´ «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóí©·¬¸ ¬¸±» ¹·ª»² ·² ¬¸» °®»»²¬ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
Ì¿¾´»æ ݱ®®»´¿¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóí ¿²¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóí
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóí ÛÒ ïðîêíóí
ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»® ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»®
ݯ ïë ïòïïíî ÝïëÛîÝ ïòïïíî
ïé Ý® í ïòéðïê ïéÝ®í ïòéðïê
ïê Ӳݮ ë ïòéïíï ïêӲݮë ïòéïíï
îð ӱݮ ì ïòéíîï îðӱݮì ïòéíîï
îï ҷݮӱ î ïòêëîí îðҷݮӱîóî ïòêëîí
ïë ݮҷ ê ïòëçïç ïéݮҷêóê ïòëçïè
ß³»²¼³»²¬
Ü×Ò ïêëìóíô ѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ô ¸¿ ¾»»² «°»®»¼»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ±º ÛÒ ïðîêíóíò
Ю»ª·±« »¼·¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìæ ïçëìóðèå Ü×Ò ïêëìóíæ ïçèðóðíô ïçèçóïðò
λºò Ò±ò Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððîóðîÛ²¹´·¸ °®·½» ¹®±«° ïð Í¿´» Ò±ò ïïïð
ðëòðî
ÜÛËÌÍÝØÛ ÒÑÎÓ Ú»¾®«¿®§ îððî
ÛÒ ïðîêíóí
ݱ²¬·²«»¼ ±ª»®´»¿ºò
ÛÒ ½±³°®·» ïì °¿¹»ò
w Ò± °¿®¬ ±º ¬¸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ®»°®±¼«½»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» °®·±® °»®³··±² ±ºÜ×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êòô Þ»®´·²ò Þ»«¬¸ Ê»®´¿¹ Ù³¾Øô ïðééî Þ»®´·²ô Ù»®³¿²§ô¸¿ ¬¸» »¨½´«·ª» ®·¹¸¬ ±º ¿´» º±® Ù»®³¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ øÜ×ÒóÒ±®³»²÷ò
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ íæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ½¿» ¸¿®¼»²·²¹ ¬»»´Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±² ±º Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóí
Í«°»®»¼» Ü×Ò ïêëìóíôѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ò
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±²
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
Ü»½®·°¬±®æ
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ íæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ½¿» ¸¿®¼»²·²¹ ¬»»´
w îððïò ÝÛÒ � ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ±º »¨°´±·¬¿¬·±² ·² ¿²§ º±®³ ¿²¼ ¾§ ¿²§ ³»¿²®»»®ª»¼ ©±®´¼©·¼» º±® ÝÛÒ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ³»³¾»®ò
λºò Ò±ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï Û
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»Aó°®»¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ íæ Ì»½¸²·½¸»Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® Û·²¿¬¦¬<¸´»
̸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ©¿ ¿°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ÝÛÒ ±² îððïóðìóïçò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¾±«²¼ ¬± ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ÝÛÒñÝÛÒÛÔÛÝ ×²¬»®²¿´ λ¹«´¿¬·±²©¸·½¸ ¬·°«´¿¬» ¬¸» ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¹·ª·²¹ ¬¸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿²§ ¿´¬»®¿¬·±²ò
Ë°ó¬±ó¼¿¬» ´·¬ ¿²¼ ¾·¾´·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´ ®»º»®»²½» ½±²½»®²·²¹ «½¸ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼ó¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ ±² ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ±® ¬± ¿²§ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»®ò
̸» Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ »¨·¬ ·² ¬¸®»» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±² øÛ²¹´·¸ô Ú®»²½¸ô Ù»®³¿²÷òß ª»®·±² ·² ¿²§ ±¬¸»® ´¿²¹«¿¹» ³¿¼» ¾§ ¬®¿²´¿¬·±² «²¼»® ¬¸» ®»°±²·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¿ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ·²¬± ·¬ ±©² ´¿²¹«¿¹» ¿²¼ ²±¬·º·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ¸¿¬¸» ¿³» ¬¿¬« ¿ ¬¸» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±²ò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¬¸» ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¾±¼·» ±º ß«¬®·¿ô Þ»´¹·«³ô ¬¸» ݦ»½¸Î»°«¾´·½ô Ü»²³¿®µô Ú·²´¿²¼ô Ú®¿²½»ô Ù»®³¿²§ô Ù®»»½»ô ×½»´¿²¼ô ×®»´¿²¼ô ׬¿´§ôÔ«¨»³¾±«®¹ô ¬¸» Ò»¬¸»®´¿²¼ô Ò±®©¿§ô ᮬ«¹¿´ô Í°¿·²ô Í©»¼»²ô Í©·¬¦»®´¿²¼ô¿²¼ ¬¸» ˲·¬»¼ Õ·²¹¼±³ò
ÛÒ ïðîêíóí
Ö«²» îððï
Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®»æ ®«» ¼» ͬ¿¿®¬ íêô Þóïðëð Þ®«»´
Û«®±°»¿² ݱ³³·¬¬»» º±® ͬ¿²¼¿®¼·¦¿¬·±²
ݱ³·¬7 Û«®±°7»² ¼» Ò±®³¿´·¿¬·±²
Û«®±°<·½¸» Õ±³·¬»» º$® Ò±®³«²¹
Þ¿®®»ô º·´ ³¿½¸·²» »¬ º·´ »²¿½·»® °±«® ¼7º±®³¿¬·±² @ º®±·¼»¬ »¨¬®«·±² @ º®±·¼ � ﮬ·» íæݱ²¼·¬·±² ¬»½¸²·¯«» ¼» ´·ª®¿·±²¼» ¿½·»® ¼» ½7³»²¬¿¬·±²
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
î
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» íÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ìÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ëÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» êÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
îó
ͬ»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
¿
²¼
½¸
»³
·½¿
´ ½
±³
°±
·¬
·±²
ø¸
»¿
¬ ¿
²¿
´§
· û
÷ ¾
§ ³
¿
¿
÷ ¾÷
¿÷
¾÷
½÷
½÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» éÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» èÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
ìó
Ó»
½¸
¿²
·½¿
´ °
®±°
»®¬
·»
º±
® ²
±²
ó¿´´
±§
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» çÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
ëó
Ó»
½¸
¿²
·½¿
´ °
®±°
»®¬
·»
º±
® ¾
±®±
² ¿
´´±
§»
¼
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïðÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
êó
Ó»
½¸
¿²
·½¿
´ °
®±°
»®¬
·»
º±
® ¿
´´±
§
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïïÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
ê ø
½±
²½
´«¼
»¼
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïîÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
éó
Ø¿
®¼²
»
´
·³·¬
º
±®
¬»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
©
·¬¸
°
»½
·º·»
¼ ø
²±
®³¿
´÷ ¸
¿®¼
»²
¿¾
·´·¬
§ ø
õØ
¹®¿
¼»
ô
»
» ê
òìòï
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïíÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
èó
Ø¿
®¼²
»
´
·³·¬
º
±®
¬»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
©
·¬¸
°
»½
·º·»
¼ ø
²±
®³¿
´÷ ¸
¿®¼
»²
¿¾
·´·¬
§ ø
õØ
Ø ¿
²¼
õØ
Ô ¹
®¿¼
»ô
»
» ê
òìòî
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïìÛÒ ïðîêíóí æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
è ø
½±
²½
´«¼
»¼
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»ó¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ ìæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® Ê»®¹$¬«²¹¬<¸´»
Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï ¸¿ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿ Ü×Ò Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
ß ½±³³¿ · «»¼ ¿ ¬¸» ¼»½·³¿´ ³¿®µ»®ò
Ò¿¬·±²¿´ º±®»©±®¼
̸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¸¿ ¾»»² °®»°¿®»¼ ¶±·²¬´§ ¾§ ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ ïë �É·®» ®±¼ � Ï«¿´·¬·»ô ¼·³»²·±²ô ¬±´»®¿²½» ¿²¼°»½·º·½ ¬»¬�ô ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ îí �ͬ»»´ º±® ¸»¿¬ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬ô ¿´´±§ ¬»»´ ¿²¼ º®»»ó½«¬¬·²¹ ¬»»´ � Ï«¿´·¬·»�ô ¿²¼ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ íð �ͬ»»´ ©·®»�ò
̸» ®»°±²·¾´» Ù»®³¿² ¾±¼§ ·²ª±´ª»¼ ·² ·¬ °®»°¿®¿¬·±² ©¿ ¬¸» Ò±®³»²¿«½¸« Û·»² «²¼ ͬ¿¸´ øͬ»»´¿²¼ ×®±² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ݱ³³·¬¬»»÷ô Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ݱ³³·¬¬»» Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»¬<¸´»ò
Ú±® »¿» ±º ®»º»®»²½»ô ¬¸» ¬¿¾´» ±ª»®´»¿º ½±®®»´¿¬» ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²ñ§³¾±´ «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóì©·¬¸ ¬¸±» ¹·ª»² ·² ¬¸» °®»»²¬ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
λºò Ò±ò Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððîóðîÛ²¹´·¸ °®·½» ¹®±«° ïï Í¿´» Ò±ò ïïïï
ðëòðî
ÜÛËÌÍÝØÛ ÒÑÎÓ Ú»¾®«¿®§ îððî
ÛÒ ïðîêíóì
ݱ²¬·²«»¼ ±ª»®´»¿ºò
ÛÒ ½±³°®·» ïê °¿¹»ò
w Ò± °¿®¬ ±º ¬¸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ®»°®±¼«½»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» °®·±® °»®³··±² ±ºÜ×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êòô Þ»®´·²ò Þ»«¬¸ Ê»®´¿¹ Ù³¾Øô ïðééî Þ»®´·²ô Ù»®³¿²§ô¸¿ ¬¸» »¨½´«·ª» ®·¹¸¬ ±º ¿´» º±® Ù»®³¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ øÜ×ÒóÒ±®³»²÷ò
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹ ¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²Ð¿®¬ ìæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬»»´ º±® ¯«»²½¸·²¹
¿²¼ ¬»³°»®·²¹Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±² ±º Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóì
Í«°»®»¼» Ü×Ò ïêëìóìôѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ò
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Ì¿¾´»æ ݱ®®»´¿¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóì ¿²¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóì
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóì ÛÒ ïðîêíóì
ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»® ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»®
ݯ îî ïòïïëî � �
ݯ íë ïòïïéî ÝíëÛÝ ïòïïéî
ݯ ìë ïòïïçî ÝìëÛÝ ïòïïçî
íè Ý®î ïòéððí íèÝ®î ïòéððí
ìê Ý® î ïòéððê ìêÝ®î ïòéððê
íì Ý® ì ïòéðíí íìÝ®ì ïòéðíí
íé Ý® ì ïòéðíì íéÝ®ì ïòéðíì
ìï Ý® ì ïòéðíë ìïÝ®ì ïòéðíë
îë ݮӱ ì ïòéîïè îëݮӱì ïòéîïè
íì ݮӱ ì ïòéîîð íìݮӱì ïòéîîð
ìî ݮӱ ì ïòéîîë ìîݮӱì ïòéîîë
íì ݮҷӱ ê ïòêëèî íìݮҷӱê ïòêëèî
íð ݮҷӱ è ïòêëèð � �
îî Þ î ïòëëðè îíÞî ïòëëðè
îè Þî ïòëëïð îèÞî ïòëëïð
íë Þ î ïòëëïï � �
ïç Ó²Þ ì ïòëëîí øîðÓ²Þì÷ øïòëëîë÷
ß³»²¼³»²¬
Ü×Ò ïêëìóìô ѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ô ¸¿ ¾»»² «°»®»¼»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ±º ÛÒ ïðîêíóìò
Ю»ª·±« »¼·¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìæ ïçëìóðèå Ü×Ò ïêëìóìæ ïçèðóðíô ïçèçóïðò
п¹» îÜ×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððîóðî
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±²
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
Ü»½®·°¬±®æ
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ ìæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬»»´ º±® ¯«»²½¸·²¹¿²¼ ¬»³°»®·²¹
w îððïò ÝÛÒ � ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ±º »¨°´±·¬¿¬·±² ·² ¿²§ º±®³ ¿²¼ ¾§ ¿²§ ³»¿²®»»®ª»¼ ©±®´¼©·¼» º±® ÝÛÒ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ³»³¾»®ò
λºò Ò±ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï Û
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿«Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»ó¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ ìæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®ó¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® Ê»®¹$¬«²¹¬<¸´»
̸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ©¿ ¿°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ÝÛÒ ±² îððïóðìóïçò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¾±«²¼ ¬± ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ÝÛÒñÝÛÒÛÔÛÝ ×²¬»®²¿´ λ¹«´¿¬·±²©¸·½¸ ¬·°«´¿¬» ¬¸» ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¹·ª·²¹ ¬¸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿²§ ¿´¬»®¿¬·±²ò
Ë°ó¬±ó¼¿¬» ´·¬ ¿²¼ ¾·¾´·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´ ®»º»®»²½» ½±²½»®²·²¹ «½¸ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼ó¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ ±² ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ±® ¬± ¿²§ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»®ò
̸» Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ »¨·¬ ·² ¬¸®»» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±² øÛ²¹´·¸ô Ú®»²½¸ô Ù»®³¿²÷òß ª»®·±² ·² ¿²§ ±¬¸»® ´¿²¹«¿¹» ³¿¼» ¾§ ¬®¿²´¿¬·±² «²¼»® ¬¸» ®»°±²·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¿ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ·²¬± ·¬ ±©² ´¿²¹«¿¹» ¿²¼ ²±¬·º·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ¸¿¬¸» ¿³» ¬¿¬« ¿ ¬¸» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±²ò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¬¸» ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¾±¼·» ±º ß«¬®·¿ô Þ»´¹·«³ô ¬¸» ݦ»½¸Î»°«¾´·½ô Ü»²³¿®µô Ú·²´¿²¼ô Ú®¿²½»ô Ù»®³¿²§ô Ù®»»½»ô ×½»´¿²¼ô ×®»´¿²¼ô ׬¿´§ôÔ«¨»³¾±«®¹ô ¬¸» Ò»¬¸»®´¿²¼ô Ò±®©¿§ô ᮬ«¹¿´ô Í°¿·²ô Í©»¼»²ô Í©·¬¦»®´¿²¼ô¿²¼ ¬¸» ˲·¬»¼ Õ·²¹¼±³ò
ÛÒ ïðîêíóì
Ö«²» îððï
Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®»æ ®«» ¼» ͬ¿¿®¬ íêô Þóïðëð Þ®«»´
Û«®±°»¿² ݱ³³·¬¬»» º±® ͬ¿²¼¿®¼·¦¿¬·±²
ݱ³·¬7 Û«®±°7»² ¼» Ò±®³¿´·¿¬·±²
Û«®±°<·½¸» Õ±³·¬»» º$® Ò±®³«²¹
Þ¿®®»ô º·´ ³¿½¸·²» »¬ º·´ »²¿½·»® °±«® ¼7º±®³¿¬·±² @ º®±·¼»¬ »¨¬®«·±² @ º®±·¼ � ﮬ·» ìæݱ²¼·¬·±² ¬»½¸²·¯«» ¼» ´·ª®¿·±²¼» ¿½·»® °±«® ¬®»³°» »¬ ®»ª»²«
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
î
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
ì
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» íÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ìÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ëÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» êÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
îó
ͬ»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
¿
²¼
½¸
»³
·½¿
´ ½
±³
°±
·¬
·±²
º±
®
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
©·¬
¸±
«¬
¾±
®±²
ø¸
»¿
¬ ¿
²¿
´§
·÷
û ¾
§ ³
¿
¿
÷ ¾÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» éÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
íó
ͬ»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
¿
²¼
½¸
»³
·½¿
´ ½
±³
°±
·¬
·±²
º±
®
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
½±
²¬¿
·²·²
¹ ¾
±®±
² ø
¸»
¿¬
¿²
¿´§
·
÷ û
¾§ ³
¿
¿
÷ ¾÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» èÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿¾´» ì ó л®³··¾´» ¼»ª¿¬·±² ¾»¬©»»² °®±¼«½¬ ¿²¿´§· ¿²¼ ¬¸» ´·³·¬·²¹ª¿´«» °»½·º·»¼ ·² ¬¿¾´» î ¿²¼ í º±® ¬¸» ¸»¿¬ ¿²¿´§·
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» çÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿¾´» ë ó Ó»½¸¿²·½¿´ °®±°»®¬·» º±® ¬»»´ ¹®¿¼» ©·¬¸±«¬ ¾±®±²
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïðÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
êó
Ó»
½¸
¿²
·½¿
´ °
®±°
»®¬
·»
º±
®
¬»»
´ ¹
®¿¼
»
½±
²¬¿
·²·²
¹ ¾
±®±
²
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïïÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
ê ø
½±
²½
´«¼
»¼
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïîÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
éó
Ø¿
®¼²
»
´
·³·¬
º
±®
¬»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
©
·¬¸
±«
¬ ¾
±®±
² ©
·¬¸
°
»½
·º·»
¼ ø
²±
®³¿
´÷ ¸
¿®¼
»²
¿¾
·´·¬
§ ø
õØ
¹®¿
¼»
å
»
» ê
òìòï
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïíÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
èó
Ø¿
®¼²
»
´
·³·¬
º
±®
¬»
»´
¹®¿
¼»
©
·¬¸
±«
¬ ¾
±®±
² ©
·¬¸
®»
¨
·½¬»
¼ ¸
¿®¼
»²
¿¾
·´·¬
§
½¿
¬¬»
® ¾
¿²
¼
øõØ
Ø ¿
²¼
õØ
Ô ¹
®¿¼
Ȍ
»
» ê
òìòî
÷¿÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïìÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
è ø
½±
²½
´«¼
»¼
÷¿÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïëÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿
¾´»
çó
Ø¿
®¼²
»
´
·³·¬
º
±®
¬»
»´¹
®¿¼
»
½±
²¬¿
·²·²
¹ ¾
±®±
² ©
·¬¸
°
»½
·º·»
¼ ø
²±
®³¿
´÷ ¸
¿®¼
»²
¿¾
·´·¬
§ ø
õØ
¹®¿
¼»
å
»
» ê
òìòï
÷
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» ïêÛÒ ïðîêíóì æ îððï
Ì¿¾´» ïð ó Ó¿¨·³«³ ¼·¿³»¬»® º±® ©·½¸ ¿¬ ´»¿¬ çð û ³¿®¬»²·¬» ¸¿´´ ¾» ¿¬¬¿·²»¼·² ¬¸» ½±®» ¸¿®¼²» ¬»¬ øõÝØ ¹®¿¼»÷
ͬ»»´ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¾±®±²
ͬ»»´ ½±²¬¿·²·²¹ ¾±®±²
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿« Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»Aó°®»¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ ëæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»¼·²¹«²¹»² º$®²·½¸¬®±¬»²¼» ͬ<¸´»
Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï ¸¿ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿ Ü×Ò Í¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
ß ½±³³¿ · «»¼ ¿ ¬¸» ¼»½·³¿´ ³¿®µ»®ò
Ò¿¬·±²¿´ º±®»©±®¼
̸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¸¿ ¾»»² °®»°¿®»¼ ¶±·²¬´§ ¾§ ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ ïë �É·®» ®±¼ � Ï«¿´·¬·»ô ¼·³»²·±²ô ¬±´»®¿²½» ¿²¼°»½·º·½ ¬»¬�ô ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ îí �ͬ»»´ º±® ¸»¿¬ ¬®»¿¬³»²¬ô ¿´´±§ ¬»»´ ¿²¼ º®»»ó½«¬¬·²¹ ¬»»´ � Ï«¿´·¬·»�ô ¿²¼ÛÝ×ÍÍñÌÝ íð �ͬ»»´ ©·®»�ò
̸» ®»°±²·¾´» Ù»®³¿² ¾±¼§ ·²ª±´ª»¼ ·² ·¬ °®»°¿®¿¬·±² ©¿ ¬¸» Ò±®³»²¿«½¸« Û·»² «²¼ ͬ¿¸´ øͬ»»´¿²¼ ×®±² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ݱ³³·¬¬»»÷ô Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ݱ³³·¬¬»» Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»¬<¸´»ò
Ú±® »¿» ±º ®»º»®»²½»ô ¬¸» ¬¿¾´» ±ª»®´»¿º ½±®®»´¿¬» ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²ñ§³¾±´ «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóë©·¬¸ ¬¸±» ¹·ª»² ·² ¬¸» °®»»²¬ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ò
λºò Ò±ò Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððîóðîÛ²¹´·¸ °®·½» ¹®±«° ðè Í¿´» Ò±ò ïïðè
ðëòðî
ÜÛËÌÍÝØÛ ÒÑÎÓ Ú»¾®«¿®§ îððî
ÛÒ ïðîêíóë
ݱ²¬·²«»¼ ±ª»®´»¿ºò
ÛÒ ½±³°®·» ïð °¿¹»ò
w Ò± °¿®¬ ±º ¬¸· ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ®»°®±¼«½»¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¬¸» °®·±® °»®³··±² ±ºÜ×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êòô Þ»®´·²ò Þ»«¬¸ Ê»®´¿¹ Ù³¾Øô ïðééî Þ»®´·²ô Ù»®³¿²§ô¸¿ ¬¸» »¨½´«·ª» ®·¹¸¬ ±º ¿´» º±® Ù»®³¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ øÜ×ÒóÒ±®³»²÷ò
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ ëæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬¿·²´» ¬»»´Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±² ±º Ü×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóë
Í«°»®»¼» Ü×Ò ïêëìóëôѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ò
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Ì¿¾´»æ ݱ®®»´¿¬·±² ±º ¬¸» ³¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±² «»¼ ·² Ü×Ò ïêëìóë ¿²¼ ÛÒ ïðîêíóë
Ó¿¬»®·¿´ ¼»·¹²¿¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóë ÛÒ ïðîêíóë
ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»® ͧ³¾±´ Ò«³¾»®
È ê Ý® ïé ïòìðïê ÈêÝ®ïé ïòìðïê
È ïð Ý® ïí ïòìððê ÈïîÝ®ïí ïòìððê
È î ݮҷ ïç ïï ïòìíðê Èîݮҷïçóïï ïòìíðê
È ë ݮҷ ïè ïî ïòìíðí Èìݮҷïèóïî ïòìíðí
È ë ݮҷӱ ïé ïî î ïòììðï Èëݮҷӱïéóïîóî ïòììðï
È î Ý®Ò·Ò ïè ïð ïòìíïï � �
È î Ý®Ò·Ó±Ò ïé ïí í ïòììîç ÈîݮҷӱÒïéóïíóí ïòììîç
È ê ݮҷ̷ ïè ïð ïòìëìï Èêݮҷ̷ïèóïð ïòìëìï
È ê ݮҷӱ̷ ïé ïî î ïòìëéï Èêݮҷӱ̷ïéóïîóî ïòìëéï
È í ݮҷݫ ïè ç ïòìëêé Èíݮҷݫïèóçóì ïòìëêé
ß³»²¼³»²¬
Ü×Ò ïêëìóëô ѽ¬±¾»® ïçèç »¼·¬·±²ô ¸¿ ¾»»² «°»®»¼»¼ ¾§ ¬¸» °»½·º·½¿¬·±² ±º ÛÒ ïðîêíóëò
Ю»ª·±« »¼·¬·±²
Ü×Ò ïêëìóëæ ïçèðóðíô ïçèçóïðò
п¹» îÜ×Ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððîóðî
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
Û²¹´·¸ ª»®·±²
×ÝÍ ééòïìðòêðå ééòïìðòêë
Ü»½®·°¬±®æ
ͬ»»´ ®±¼ô ¾¿® ¿²¼ ©·®» º±® ½±´¼ ¸»¿¼·²¹¿²¼ ½±´¼ »¨¬®«·±²
ﮬ ëæ Ì»½¸²·½¿´ ¼»´·ª»®§ ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¬¿·²´» ¬»»´
w îððïò ÝÛÒ � ß´´ ®·¹¸¬ ±º »¨°´±·¬¿¬·±² ·² ¿²§ º±®³ ¿²¼ ¾§ ¿²§ ³»¿²®»»®ª»¼ ©±®´¼©·¼» º±® ÝÛÒ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ³»³¾»®ò
λºò Ò±ò ÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï Û
É¿´¦¼®¿¸¬ô ͬ<¾» «²¼ Ü®¿¸¬ ¿«Õ¿´¬¬¿«½¸ó «²¼ Õ¿´¬º´·»A°®»ó¬<¸´»² � Ì»·´ ëæ Ì»½¸²·½¸» Ô·»º»®¾»ó¼·²¹«²¹»² º$® ²·½¸¬®±¬»²¼» ͬ<¸´»
̸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ©¿ ¿°°®±ª»¼ ¾§ ÝÛÒ ±² îððïóðìóïçò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¾±«²¼ ¬± ½±³°´§ ©·¬¸ ¬¸» ÝÛÒñÝÛÒÛÔÛÝ ×²¬»®²¿´ λ¹«´¿¬·±²©¸·½¸ ¬·°«´¿¬» ¬¸» ½±²¼·¬·±² º±® ¹·ª·²¹ ¬¸· Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ ¬¸» ¬¿¬« ±º ¿²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ©·¬¸±«¬ ¿²§ ¿´¬»®¿¬·±²ò
Ë°ó¬±ó¼¿¬» ´·¬ ¿²¼ ¾·¾´·±¹®¿°¸·½¿´ ®»º»®»²½» ½±²½»®²·²¹ «½¸ ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼ó¿®¼ ³¿§ ¾» ±¾¬¿·²»¼ ±² ¿°°´·½¿¬·±² ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ±® ¬± ¿²§ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»®ò
̸» Û«®±°»¿² ͬ¿²¼¿®¼ »¨·¬ ·² ¬¸®»» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±² øÛ²¹´·¸ô Ú®»²½¸ô Ù»®³¿²÷òß ª»®·±² ·² ¿²§ ±¬¸»® ´¿²¹«¿¹» ³¿¼» ¾§ ¬®¿²´¿¬·±² «²¼»® ¬¸» ®»°±²·¾·´·¬§ ±º ¿ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ·²¬± ·¬ ±©² ´¿²¹«¿¹» ¿²¼ ²±¬·º·»¼ ¬± ¬¸» Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®» ¸¿¬¸» ¿³» ¬¿¬« ¿ ¬¸» ±ºº·½·¿´ ª»®·±²ò
ÝÛÒ ³»³¾»® ¿®» ¬¸» ²¿¬·±²¿´ ¬¿²¼¿®¼ ¾±¼·» ±º ß«¬®·¿ô Þ»´¹·«³ô ¬¸» ݦ»½¸Î»°«¾´·½ô Ü»²³¿®µô Ú·²´¿²¼ô Ú®¿²½»ô Ù»®³¿²§ô Ù®»»½»ô ×½»´¿²¼ô ×®»´¿²¼ô ׬¿´§ôÔ«¨»³¾±«®¹ô ¬¸» Ò»¬¸»®´¿²¼ô Ò±®©¿§ô ᮬ«¹¿´ô Í°¿·²ô Í©»¼»²ô Í©·¬¦»®´¿²¼ô¿²¼ ¬¸» ˲·¬»¼ Õ·²¹¼±³ò
ÛÒ ïðîêíóë
Ö«²» îððï
Ó¿²¿¹»³»²¬ Ý»²¬®»æ ®«» ¼» ͬ¿¿®¬ íêô Þóïðëð Þ®«»´
Û«®±°»¿² ݱ³³·¬¬»» º±® ͬ¿²¼¿®¼·¦¿¬·±²
ݱ³·¬7 Û«®±°7»² ¼» Ò±®³¿´·¿¬·±²
Û«®±°<·½¸» Õ±³·¬»» º$® Ò±®³«²¹
Þ¿®®»ô º·´ ³¿½¸·²» »¬ º·´ »² ¿½·»®°±«® ¼7º±®³¿¬·±² @ º®±·¼ »¬ »¨¬®«·±²@ º®±·¼ � ﮬ·» ëæ ݱ²¼·¬·±²¬»½¸²·¯«» ¼» ´·ª®¿·±² ¼» ¿½·»®·²±¨§¼¿¾´»
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» îÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
î
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
í
ì
ì
ì
ì
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» íÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ìÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ëÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» êÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü×Ò Ü»«¬½¸» ײ¬·¬«¬ º$® Ò±®³«²¹ »ò Êò Ü×Ò Ø¿²¼¾±±µ ìðì
п¹» éÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» èÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» çÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
п¹» ïðÛÒ ïðîêíóë æ îððï
w Ü
×Ò Ü
»«¬
½¸»
ײ¬
·¬«
¬ º$
® Ò
±®³
«²
¹ »
ò Êò
Ü×Ò
Ø¿²
¼¾
±±
µ ìð
ì
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD
ISO 4954
Second edition 1993-03-01
Steels for cold heading and cold extruding
Aciers pour refoulement et extrusion B froid
Reference number - ISO 4954:1993( E)
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Contents Page
Section 1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._.._....._............................................................ 1
1.2 Normative references . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.3 Ordering . . . . . . . .._........................................_................................. 2
1.4 Requirements . . ..f...................................................................... 2
1.5 Testing . .._..__...__._....__,....,.._........................................................ 4
Section 2 Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding steels not intended for heat treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..*........ 8
2.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._._._............................................................. 8
2.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Section 3 Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding case-hardening steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
3.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 4 Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding steels for quenching and temperlng (includlng boron-treated steels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
4.1 Scope . ..____...._..,.,,......,,......,....,,,...,,....,.__,.,,.___....___.........,,,...,,.. 16
4.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._......._.__............ 16
Section 5 Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extrudlng stainless steels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..I........... 27
5.1 Scope ,,___.._....._.,.__.._.,_.__..__._._._._____.._.._.,_.,.,..._,..,... ..._..,,.....,,_. 27
5.2 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Annexes
A Guide to property values after processing .,....,.,....,,....,,.....,. 31
6 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .._............................... 38
0 ISO 1993 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or utillzed In any form or by any means, electronie or mechanical, including photocopylng and microfilm, without Permission in writing from the publisher.
International Organkation for Standardization Case Postale 56 l CH-1211 Geneve 20 l Switzerland
Printed in Switzerland
ii
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Foreword
ISO (the International Organization for Standardization) is a worldwide federation of national Standards bodies (ISO member bodies). The work of preparing International Standards is normally carried out through ISO technical committees. Esch member body interested in a subject for which a technical committee has been established has the right to be represented on that committee. International organizations, govern- mental and non-governmental, in liaison with ISO, also take patt in the work. ISO collaborates closely with the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) on all matters of electrotechnical standardization.
Draft International Standards adopted by the technical committees are circulated to the member bodies for voting. Publication as an Inter- national Standard requires approval by at least 75% of the member bodies casting a vote.
International Standard ISO 4954 was prepared by Technical Committee ISO/TC 17, Steel, Sub-Committee SC 4, Heat treatable and alloy steels.
This second edition cancels and replaces the first edition (ISO 4954:1979), of which it constitutes a technical revision.
Annexes A and B of this International Standard are for information only.
INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ISO 4954:1993(E)
Steels for cold heading and cold extruding
Section 1: General
1.1 Scope 1.2 Normative references
1.1.1 This International Standard applies to wrought unalloyed and alloyed steels which are in- tended for cold heading or cold extruding and are delivered as wire rods, wire or bars. lt contains five sections covering the following topics:
The following Standards contain provisions which, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of this International Standard. At the time of publi- cation, the editions indicated were valid. All stan- dards are subject to revision, and Parties to agreements based on this International Standard are encouraged to investigate the possibility of ap- plying the most recent editions of the Standards in- dicated below. Members of IEC and ISO maintain registers of currently valid International Standards.
Section 1 -
Section 2 -
Section 3 -
Section 4 -
Section 5 -
1.1.2 This
general requirements common to all sections.
steels not intended for heat treatment, with diameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
case-hardening steels with diameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
steels for quenching and tempering in- cluding boron treated steels, with di- ameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
stainless steels with diameters of 2 mm up to 25 mm for ferritic, up to 100 mm for martensitic, and up to 50 mm for austenitic steels.
International Standard (except section 2) is not applicable to the properties of cold-headed or cold-extruded park which have not been subjected to a subsequent heat treatment. As the properties of the park in the cold headed or cold extruded and subsequently not-heat-treated con- dition are largely dependent on the applied cold- heading or cold-extruding conditions, these should, if necessary, be a matter of agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer of the park.
1.1.3 In addition to this International Standard, the general technical delivery requirements of ISO 404 are applicable.
ISO 377-1:1989, Selection and preparation ofsamples and test pieces of wrought steels - Part 1: Samples and test pieces for mechanical test.
ISO 377-2:1989, Selection and preparation of samples and test pieces of wrought steels - Part 2: Samples for the determination of the Chemical composition.
ISO 404:1992, Steel and steel products - Genera/ technical delivery requirements.
ISO 642:1979, Steel - Hardenability test by end quenching (Jominy test).
ISO 643:1983, Steels - Micrographic determination of the ferritic or austenitic grain size.
ISO 3887:1976, Steel, non-alloy and low-alloy - De- termination of depth of decarburization.
ISO 6508:1986, Metallic materials - Hardness test - Rockwell test (scales A - 6 - C - D - E - F - G - H -
U
ISO 6892:1984, Metallic materials - Tensile testing.
ISO 9443:1991, Heat-treatable and a//oy steels - Surface quality classes for hot-rolled round bars and wire rods - Technical delivery conditions.
1
ISO 4954:1993(E)
ISO/TR 9769:1991, Steel and iron - Review of avail-
able methods of analysis. Table 1 - Permitted optlons in ordering
For steels of table
Permitted Options
5, 9, 15, 16, 26 fl whether a product analysls Is requlred (see 1.5.2.1);
5, 9, 15, 16, 26 gl) the cholce of the surface quality class selected from ISO 9443 (see 1.4.8.1.1);
92) whether speclal specifications for the results and the testlng condltions for the cold-compresslon test and the sur- face Inspectlon are required (see 1.4.8.1.1);
5 hl) whether cast Separation is required (if no such Statement is made, the manu- facturer Is permitted to supply the steel without cast Separation; see 1.4.2);
h2) whether the mechanical propertles for the cold-drawn condltlon are to be speclfied (see table4, footnote 1);
9, 15, 16 1) whether, expllcitly, coarse or fine grain steel is required (see 1.4.7.1);
9, 15, 16 1) whether special speclfications for test- ing the degree of spheroldlzation of the carbldes are required (see 1.4.7.2);
9, 15, 16 k) whether the microscopically deter- mlned non-metallic Incluslon content shall be within agreed limits (see 1.4.9.2);
15, 16 1) whether special specifications for the permissible depth of the ferritic- pearlltic decarburization are required (see 1.4.8.2.1);
26 m) whether, In the case of a stainless steel, a corroslon resistance test is required (see 1.4.10);
5, 9, 15, 16 f-4 whether, for products with diameters >6mm and Q 30 mm, cold- compression tests shall be carried out, In which case test conditions shall be agreed upon (see 1.4.8.1.1).
ISO 10474:1991, Steel and steel products - In- spection documents.
1.3 Ordering
1.3.1 The purchaser shall state in his enquiry and Order
a) the dimensions and tolerantes of the product (see 1.4.11);
b) the steel type (see tables 5, 9, 12, 13, 15, 16, 19 to 24 and 26);
c) the treatment condition (see 1.4.3.1);
d) the surface coating treatment, if any (see 1.4.3.2);
e) the required type of document (see 1.5.1).
1.3.2 Certain Options in ordering are permitted by this International Standard and the purchaser may also state in his enquiry and Order his related re- quirements, as shown in table 1.
1.4 Requirements
1.4.1 Manufacture of the steel and the product
1.4.1.1 Unless otherwise agreed in the Order, the process used in making the steel and the product are left to the discretion of the manufacturer. When he so requests, the user shall be informed what steelmaking process is being used.
1.4.1.2 The steels of table 5 with the suffix X in the designation may be rimmed or rimming equivalent, those with the suffix K shall be Silicon-killed and those with the suffix A shall be aluminium-killed. The steels of tables 9, 15, 16 and 26 shall be killed.
1.4.2 Cast Separation
The steels of tables 9, 15, 16 and 26 are delivered by casts. For the steels of table 5, cast Separation, if required, must be especially agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.4.3 Treatment condition at the time of dellvery
1.4.3.1 The treatment and heat-treatment condition (if any) at the time of delivery must comply with the condition agreed upon in the Order and shall be one of the conditions indicated in tables 4, 8, 14 and 25.
1.4.3.2 Surface treatments which facilitate the cold-heading or cold-extruding Operation and which, in Part, may also delay the formation of rust, such as descaling, topper coating, liming, Phosphate
ISO 4954:1993(E)
coating, greasing or oiling etc., shall, if required, be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.4.4 Survey of comblnatlons of usual treatment conditlons on delivery, product forms and requlrements
Tables 4, 8, 14 and 25 give a Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivety, product forms and requirements regarding Chemical composition, mechanical properties and hardenability.
1.4.5 Chemical composltlon
1.4.5.1 The Chemical composition of the steels, as given by the cast analysis, shall be in accordance with the specifications in tables 5, 9, 15, 16 and 26 (see 1.4.5.3).
1.4.5.2 The permissible deviations between the values specified in tables 5, 9, 15, 16 and 26 and the product analyses are given in tables 6, 10, 17 and 27.
1.4.5.3 If case-hardening or direct-hardening steels are ordered by using the designations given in table 12, 13, 19, 20, 21 or 22 to hardenability requirements for Jominy test pieces, the hardenability values shall be regarded as the governing criteria for accept- ante. In such cases, the cast analysis may deviate from the values shown in tables 9, 15 and 16 by the values given in footnote 2 to these tables.
1.4.6 Hardenability and mechanlcal properties
The products shall fulfil the specifications of 2.2.3, 3.2.3, 4.2.3 and 5.2.3.
1.4.7 Structure
1.4.7.1 If, for the steels of section 3 or 4, a controlled austenitic grain size is required, then the austenitic grain size of the steel determined in ac- cordante with 1.5.4.4.1 shall be 5 or finer for fine grain steels and 1 to 5 for coarse grain steels. The grain structure shall be considered satisfactory if 70 % is within the specified limits.
1.4.7.2 If, for the steels of section 3 or 4, the spheroidization of the carbides is required, then the steels shall have a structure which is characterized by a high degree of spheroidization of the carbides.
NOTE 1 It should be taken into account that the spheroidization of the cementite is more difficult for steels with lower carbon contents.
1.4.8 Outer soundness
1.4.8.1 Sutface quality
1.4.8.1.1 For products in the hot-rolled or cold- drawn surface condition, the required surface qual- ity shall be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order, either by reference to ISO 9443 or by specify- ing that, when material is subjected to the cold- compression tests described in 1.5.3.6.2 and 1.5.4.6.1, no imperfections shall appear.
NOTES
2 The cold-compression test is normally not applicable for stainless steel products.
3 In the case of cold-compression tests on test pieces with hot-rolled surfaces, grooves which result from rolling scores are not to be considered as being a Cause for re- jection.
1.4.8.1.2 Products which, according to the Order, were peeled or ground must be free from outer de- fects. Grooves originating from machining oper- ations are not to be considered as defects.
1.4.8.2 Decarburlzation
1.4.8.2.1 Bars, wire rods and wire of the steels in tables 15 and 16 which are delivered in the hot- rolled or cold-drawn surface condition must, inde- pendent of their heat-treatment conditions, be free from completely ferritic decarburized zones.
For such products, the values given in table2 apply for the permissible depth of the partial (ferritic- pearlitic) decarburization.
If, in special cases, other values for the permissible depth of the partial (ferritic-pearlitic) decarburization are required, these shall be specially agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.4.8.2.2 Bars, wire rods and wire of the steels in table 9, 15 or 16 which, according to the Order, were peeled or ground must be free from decarburization.
1.4.9 Internal soundness
1.4.8.1 The steel shall be free from internal defects likely to have an adverse effect during its further processing or use.
3
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 2 - Permissible depth of the partial (ferritic-pearlitic) decarburization
Diameter
d
mm
aa
>8<12
> 12 Q 17
>17<23
> 23 < 27
Petmissible depth of the partial (ferritic-pearlitic) d&arburiz&on in the
conditionl)
C + AC or C + AC + LC
mm
a 0,lO
< 0,12
Q 0,16
< 020
a 024
untreated or AC
mm
< 0,12
< 0,15
< 0,20
=G 025
< 029
> 27 1 < (0,007 x cf) + 045 1 SZ (0,009 x d) + 0,05
1) See table 14.
1.4.9.2 Where appropriate, exact criteria for the compliance of the steel with the general require- ment in 1.4.9.1 shall be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
NOTE 4 Where, in accordance with 1.4.8.1.1, cold- compression tests were agreed upon, the requirement in 1.4.9.1 shall be regarded as complied with when, after the test, the test piece does not Show defects originating from internal imperfections.
For the steels of sections 3 and 4, agreements on the non-metallic inclusion content may be made, for ex- ample on the basis of ISO 4967 or other suitable methods.
1.4.10 Corrosion resistance of the stainless steels
See 5.2.4.
1.4.11 Dimensions, tolerantes on dimensions and masses
The products shall, if possible, be ordered in ac- cordante with existing International Standards for dimensions and tolerantes on dimensions and masses.
If corresponding International Standards for dimen- sions and tolerantes are not yet available or if the tolerantes given in the corresponding International Standard are (for example in the case of stainless steels) not applicable, then the dimensions and tol-
erances shall be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.5 Testing
1.5.1 Agreement on tests and documents
1.5.1.1 For each delivery, the issue of any docu- ment according to ISO 10474 may be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and other.
1.5.1.2 lf, in accordance with such an agreement, a specific inspection is to be carried out, the speci- fications given in 1.5.2 to 15.5 shall be observed.
1.5.2 Test unit and number of Sample products and tests
1.5.2.1 Chemical composltlon
The cast analysis, if called for in the Order, shall be provided by the manufacturer.
If a product analysis is required by the purchaser, and if not otherwise agreed at the time of enquiry and Order, one Sample product shall be taken from each cast.
If no cast Separation is required by this International Standard or was agreed upon in the Order, then one Sample for product analysis shall be taken from the total delivery, independent of the number of casts contained in it.
1.5.2.2 Hardenability, mechanical properties, structure, inner and outer soundness
If, according to the ordered requirements (See tables 4, 8, 14 and 25) and the required type of document (see 1.5.1), the hardenability, the mechanical properties, the structure or the inner and outer soundness are to be verified, then the indications in table3 apply for the test unit and the number of samples and test pieces.
1.5.3 Selection and preparatlon of samples and test pleces
1.5.3.1 General
The general conditions given in ISO 377-1 and ISO 377-2 for the selection and preparation of sam- ples and test pieces shall apply.
1.5.3.2 Hardenability test
1.5.3.2.1 In cases of dispute, for the end-quench hardenability test, if possible the sampling method given in 5.1 a) or 5.1 bl) of ISO 642 shall be applied.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Line
No.
Tabie 3 - Test unit and number of samples and test pieces
Number of Sample Quality requirement Test unltl) products
Number of test pieces per Sample
product
1
2
2a
2b
3
Chemical composition See 152.1 See 1.5.2.1 See 152.1
Hardenability
end quench test C 1 per cast 1
core hardenability C 1 per cast 1
Mechanical properties in the usual con- Cs)+D 4)+T 2 per 10 t or part thereof 1 dition for cold working*)
4 Austenitic grain size C 1 per ca.9 1
5 Spheroidization C+ D4)+T 2 per 10 t or part thereof 1
6 Inner and outer soundness
6a Cold headability C3)+ D+T To be agreed upon at 6b Surface quality Cs)+ D+T the time of enquiry and 1
6c Non-metallic inclusion content C+D Order
7 Decarburizations) C+D+T 2 per 10 t or part thereof 1
1) The test shall be carried out separately for each cast (Symbol C), or, for each cast and each dimension (Symbol C+ D), or, for each cast, each dimension and each treatment (Symbol C+ D +T).
2) See tables 7, 11, 18 and 28.
3) If, for the steels of table 5, no cast Separation was agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order, then the tests shall be carried out separately for each steel type.
4) lf the consignment consists of bars, wire rods or wire with Cross-sections which differ by not more than 3:1, these tan be grouped into one test unit.
5) Only for the steels for quenching and tempering (See tables 15 and 16).
1.5.3.2.2 The test piece for evaluation of the core hardenability shah have, as far as possible, the maximum diameter given in table 23 or 24. Test bars with diameters larger than those given in table 23 or 24 are to be rolled or forged to the maximum di- ameters of table 23 or 24. The length of the test piece shall be at least four times its diameter.
1.5.3.3 Tenslle test
Test pieces for tensile tests in the usual condition for cold working (requirement 3 in table3) shall be, as far as possible, tested with their original surface, i.e. without having been machined.
1.5.3.4 Structure
1.5.3.4.1 For the selection and preparation of the For the selection and preparation of the test pieces test pieces used for the verifrcation of the austenitic used for the verification of the non-metallic inclusion grain size, the indications in ISO 643 apply. If not content, the indications in ISO 4967 or other agreed otherwise agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Standards apply.
Order, in cases of dispute the indications for the McQuaid-Ehn method shall be observed, if case- hardening steels (See section 3) are to be exam- ined. In cases where steels for quenching and tempering (see section 4) are to be examined, one of the other methods described in ISO 643 shall be applied and the austenitizing temperature shall cor- respond to the highest hardening temperature given in tableA.4 for the steel type concerned, and this temperature shall be maintained for 1 h.
1.5.3.4.2 For the examination of the spheroidization of the carbides, polished transverse micro-sections shall be prepared and these shall be etched in an appropriate Solution.
1.5.3.5 Internai soundness
5
ISO 4954:1993(E)
1.5.3.6 Outer soundness ture, so that the determination of the core hardness according to ISO 6508 tan be carried out.
1.5.3.6.1 For the veriflcation of surface quality see ISO 9443. 1.5.4.3 Tensile test
1.5.3.6.2 The cold-compression test applies only for products with a diameter > 6 mm and < 30 mm. If this test is required, and if not otherwise agreed at the time of enquiry and Order, straight test pieces with parallel-Cut end faces and an initial height of h,=1,5xd,(d, = d iameter of the test piece) are to be prepared for the cold-compression test, without altering the original surface of the Sample product (see 1.5.4.6.1). Samples from products, which have not been heat treated after hot rolling may be treated as indicated in table 11, 18 or 28 as the usual condition for cold heading and cold extruding.
1.5.3.7 Decarburization
Etched transverse micro-sections with sharp edges shall be prepared for a microscopic examination of decarburization.
In cases of dispute, however, the micro-section shall be hardened under the conditions given in 1.5.4.2.2, while observing all measures to prevent decarburization or carburization. After hardening, the micro-sections shall be prepared for micro- hardness measurements by grinding and polishing. In all cases the requirements of ISO 3887 shall be observed.
1.5.4 Methods of test
1.5.4.1 Chemical analysis
The Chemical composition shall be determined in accordance with the appropriate International Stan- dards listed in ISO/TR 9769.
1.5.4.2 Hardenability test
1.5.4.2.1 The end-quench hardenability test is to be carried out in conformity with ISO 642. The quenching temperature must be in accordance with table 12, 13, 19, 20, 21 or 22.
1.5.4.2.2 The test pieces for the core hardening test shall be heated, in a neutral or reducing furnace at- mosphere, up to the hardening temperatures given in table 23 or 24, and maintained at these tempera- tures until they are completely austenitized. They shall then be taken out of the furnace and promptly quenched in a high-duty quenching oil to complete temperature equalization, at a bath temperature of 50 “C and with a Speed of immersion of approxi- mately 0,25 m/s. The samples shall then be centrally notched transverse to their longitudinal axis and broken. The fracture surface must be ground under conditions which do not lead to a rise in tempera-
The test shall be made in accordance with ISO 6892.
1.5.4.4 Structure
1.5.4.4.1 The austenitlc grain size shall be tested in accordance with ISO 643 on test pieces prepared in accordance with 1.5.3.4.1.
1.5.4.4.2 For testing the degree of spheroidization of the cementite, the micro-sections are usually examined at a magnification of x 500 and, if re- quired, they shall be evaluated according to rating Charts agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.5.4.5 Internal soundness
For determining the microscopic non-metallic in- clusion content, the procedure is to be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order (for example see ISO 4967).
1.5.4.6 Other soundness
1.5.4.6.1 The test pieces for the cold-compression test shall be headed, at ambient temperature, to one-third of their initial height. The frequency and severity of imperfection that would justify rejection shall be determined at the time of enquiry and order-.
If, because of over-large Sample diameters or presses of insufficient power, the compression test cannot be carried out at ambient temperature, it should be carried out, after agreement, at approxi- mately 500 “C. Where necessary, other require- ments and test conditions tan be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
1.5.4.6.2 If, at the time of enquiry and order-, an agreement has been reached regarding surface quality classes, the verification shall be in accord- ante with ISO 9443.
1.5.4.7 Decarburizatlon
When testing the products with regard to their decarburization (see ISO 3887) the depth of the completely decarburized ferritic zone and that of the pat-tially decarburized ferritic-pearlitic zone are usually measured using microscope at a magniti- cation of x 100 at the four ends of two diameters of the etched plane which are perpendicular to each other. The inner starting Point for the measurement of the depth of the decarburized ferritic-pearlitic zone shall be the Point at which a marked decrease of the pearlite content begins. (This is usually at about two-thirds of the total depth of the
6
ISO 4954:1993(E)
decarburized ferritic-pearlitic Zone.) The average of the four Single values obtained in this way is to be calculated.
In cases of dispute, the decarburization shall be checked by micro-hardness measurements (HV 0,3) along the two diameters. For the depth of the decarburized Zone, the average of the distances e,, e2, e3 and e4 (see figure 1) shall be calculated. The Single values e, to e, represent, according to
figure 1, the distance between the surface and the next Point of the corresponding diameter, where the hardness is 80 % of the maximum hardness, which, in the case of a decarburization, is measured in the outer zone of the micro-section.
1.5.5 Retests
Retests shall be made in accordance with ISO 404.
Dlstonce trom thc surtacc (mm)
Figure 1 - Determination of the depth of the decarburized rone
7
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Section 2: Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding steels not intended for heat treatment
2.1 Scope
This section covers the spechic requirements for those cold-heading and cold-extruding steels which are not intended for heat treatment. lt applies to di- ameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
2.2 Requirements
2.2.1 Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requlrements
Table4 gives a Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements regarding Chemical composition and mechanical properties.
2.2.2 Chemical composition
2.2.2.1 The specified Chemical composition of the steel according to the cast analysis is given in table 5.
2.2.2.2 The permissible deviations between the values specified in table5 and the product analysis are indicated in table6.
2.2.3 Mechanical properties
For the untreated condition (U or P), the mechanical properties given in table 7 apply.
For the cold-drawn delivery condition, the mechan- ical proper-Ges shall, if necessary, be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
2.2.4 Treatment conditlon at the time of delivery
The steels are usually delivered in one of the treat- ment conditions listed in table4.
Table 4 - Combinations of usual treatment condftions on delivery, product forms and requirements according to tables 5 to 7 for steels not Intended for heat treatment
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Treatment con-
‘IX” indicates applicable to Applicable requirements
dition on delivery Symbol hot-rolled wire rod drawn
bars products 6.1 6.2
2 Untreated with hot- None or U X X -
rolled surface Mechanical Chemical compo- properties ac-
3 Untreated with P X - - sition according cording to table7 peeled surface to tables 5 and 6
4 Cold drawn C - - X 1)
1) The mechanical properties shall, if necessary, be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 5 - Types of steel and Chemical composition (applicable to cast analysis)
Type of steel
Deslgnatlon*)
No. 1 Name / L&?I%?~~9
Chemical composltlon [% (m/m)] 0
C SI Mn P S Others
max. max.
< 0,06 Q 0.10 0,20 to 0,40 0,040 < 0,06 < 0,lO 0,20 to 0,40 0,040 /
3 cc 8 x A2R 0,05 to 0,lO < 0,lO 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,, < 0,020 4 cc 8 A A 2 Al 0,05 to 0,lO a 0,lO 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,O, > 0,020 3)
5 CCII x A3R 0,oa t0 0,13 G 0,lO 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,,, < 0,020 6 CCII A A 3 Al 0,oa t0 0,13 Q 0.10 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,,, > 0,020 3)
7 cc15x - 0,12 to 0,19 < 0,lO 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,, < 0,020 8 CC 15K A 4 Si 0,12 to 0,19 0,15 to 0,35 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 9 CC 15A A 4 Al 0,12 t0 0,ia < 0,lO 0,30 to 0,60 0,040 0,040 Al,,, 2 0,020 3)
10 CC21 K A 5 Si 0,18 to 0,23 0.15 to 0,35 0,30 to 0,60 11 CC21 A A 5 Al 0,18 to 0,23 Q 0,lO I 0.30 to 0,60 1 ::::8 1 ::ii 1 Al,, > 0,020 3)
1) Elements not quoted in this table should not be intentionally added to the steel without the agreement of the pur- chaser, other than for finishing the heat. All reasonable precautions should be taken to prevent the addition, from scrap or other materials used in manufacture, of elements which affect mechanical properties and applicability.
2) The designations given in the first column are consecutive numbers. The designations given in the second column are in accordance with the System proposed by ISO/TC 17/SC 2. The designations given in the third column represent the antiquated numbers of ISO 4954:1979.
3) Otherwise, by agreement with the purchaser, treated with sufficient additions of other elements having a similar effect, for example V, Nb, Ti, Ca.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Tabie 6 - Permissibie deviatlons between specified anaiysis and product anaiysis for the aluminium or
Silicon kiiied steeis
C I
Q 0,23 I
f 0,02
Si Q 0,35 + 0,02 3)
Mn a 0,60 f 0,04
P I
Q 0,040 I
+ 0,005
S < 0,040 + 0,005
For rimming and rimming equivalent steels $rades CC4X. CC8X CCII X and CC15X) the permissible deviations ’ shall, where required: be specified at the time of enquiry and Order.
2) + means that in one cast the deviation may occur over the upper value or under the lower value of the specified range given in table5, but not both at the same time.
3) For steel types CC 15 K and CC 21 K, f 0,03 % (m/m) Si.
Tabie 7 - Mechanical properties in the usuai treatment condition for coid heading or cold
extruding (the values are for guidance)
Type of steel
cc4x 420 CC 4 A 440
60
cca x 450 cc 8 A 470
60
CCII x 470 CCII A 490 I
55 I
cc 15x CC15 K CC 15A
CC21 K CC21 A
Treatment condition [as rolled (U) or as rolled and
peeled (P)]
R m,max z min
N/mm2 %
530 50
580 45
R, : Tensile strength
2 : Reduction of area after fracture
10
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Section 3: Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding case-hardening steels
3.1 Scope
This section covers the specific requirements for the cold-heading and cold-extruding case-hardening steels. lt applies for diameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
3.2 Requirements
3.2.1 Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on deiivery, product forms and requirements
Table8 gives a Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements regarding Chemical composition, mechanical proper-Ces and hardenability.
3.2.2 Chemical composition
3.2.2.1 The specified Chemical composition of the steel according to the cast analysis is given in table 9.
3.2.2.2 The permissible deviations between the values specified in table9 and the product analysis are indicated in table 10.
3.2.3 Hardenabiiity and mechanicai properties
3.2.3.1 Where the steel is not ordered according to hardenability requirements, i.e. where the steel type designations of tables 9 and 11 and not the desig- nations given in table 12 or 13 are applied (besides the requirements for Chemical composition), the re- quirements for mechanical properties given in table6, column 6.2, apply for the pat-ticular heat- treatment condition. In this case, the values of hardenability given in table 12 are for guidance purposes only.
3.2.3.2 Where the steel is, by using the desig- nations given in table 12 or 13, ordered according to normal (see table 12) or to narrowed (see table 13) hardenability requirements, the values of hardenability given in table 12 or 13 respectively apply in addition to the requirements given in table 8, column 6 (see footnote 2 to table 9).
3.2.4 Treatment condition at the time of deiivery
The steels are usually delivered in one of the treat- ment conditions listed in table8.
11
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 8 - Combinations of usuai treatment conditions on deiivery, product forms and requirements according to tabies 9 to 13 for case-hardening steeis
1 2 3 4 6 8 7
1 “x” indicates appllcable to
Appllcable requlrements, if the steel Is ordered with the Heat-treatment designation glven In
condltion on Symbol delivery hot-rolled wire rod drawn table 9 or 11 table 12 or 13
bars products 6.1 6.2 7.1 7.2 7.3
2 Untreated None or U X X -
3 Annealed to achieve a spheroidization of the carbides
AC X X
Mechanlcal propertles
4 Annealed to AC+P X accordlng -
achieve a to table 11,
spheroidization column 2
of the carbides and peeled
Chemical composltlon
Hardenability 5 Cold drawn and C+AC X
annealed to according
Mechanlcal As in col- values ac-
to tables 9 propertles umn 6 cording to ta-
achieve a spheroidization
and 10 according ble 12 or 13 to table 11,
of the carbides column 3
6 Cold drawn and C+AC+LC - X
annealed to achieve a Mechanlcal spheroidization properties of the carbides, according and lightly cold to table 11, reduced (e.g. column 4 with a reduction of 5 %)
7 Others Other treatment conditions may be agreed upon at the tlme of enqulry and Order.
12
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 9 - Types of steel and chemical composition (applicable to cast analysis)
I I I I I I I I I I 1) Elements not quoted In thls table should not be Intentlonally added to the steel without the agreement of the purchaser, other than for finishing the heat. All reasonable precautlons should be taken to prevent the addltlon, from scrap or other materlals used In manufacture, of elements which affect the hardenability, mechanical properties and appllcability.
2) In the case of grades wlth speclfled hardenablllty requlrements (see tables 12 and 13), except tor phosphorus and Sulfur, Inslg- nificant devlations from the llmlts for cast analysis are permisslble. However, these devlatlons shall not exceed 0,Ol % (m/m) in the case of carbon and, In all other cases, the values accordlng to table 10.
3) The designations given In the first column are consecutive numbers. The designations glven In the second column are In accord- ante with the System proposed by ISO/TC 17/SC 2. The designatlons glven In the thlrd column represent the antlquated numbers of ISO 4954:1979.
Table 10 - Permisslble devlatlons between specified analysis and product analysls
Permissible maximum content Permissible
Element according to cast deviationsf) analysis % (m/m) % (m/m)
C < 0,23 f 0,02
I Si I
=G 0,40 I
+ 0,03 I
1
Mn < l,oo f 0,04 > 1,oo Q 1,30 f 0,06
1) + means that in one cast the over the upper value or under the lower value of the specified range given in table9, but not both at the same time.
13
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 11 - Mechanlcal propertles In the usual treatment condltlon for cold headlng or cold extrudlng
1 2 3 4
Treatment conditionl)
AC or AC+P C+AC C+AC+LC Type of steel
R m,max Gnin R m,max z min R m,m*x -GI” *’
N/mm’ % N/mm* % N/mm2 %
CE 10 450 65 430 68 460 65
CE 15 E4 470 64 450 67 490 64
CE 16 E4 490 64 470 67 510 64
CE 20 E4 490 63 470 66 510 63
20 Cr 4 E 560 60 540 62 570 62
16 MnCr 5 E 550 60 530 62 570 62
18 CrMo 4 E 560 60 540 62 570 62
20 NiCrMo 2 E 590 60 570 62 600 62
R, = Tensile strength
2 = Reduction of area after fracture
1) See table8.
2) For diameters < 12 mm, the reduction of area may be 2 % lower.
Table 12 - Hardness limlts for steel types wlth specifled (normal) hardenabllity: H-grades (see 3.2.3.2)
Type of steel
20 Cr 4 E H
16 MnCr 5 E H
18CrMo4EH
20 NiCrMo 2 E H
Quenchlng temperaturel)
“C
900 f 5
900 * 5
Limits of Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) from the quenched end of the
test Dlece of range
1,5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40
max. 49 48 46 42 38 36 34 32 29 27 26 24 23
min. 41 38 31 1 26 Zl- - - - - - - 1
1 23
max. 47 46 44 I 41 I 39 37 35 33 31 30 29 28 27 I I
min. 39 36 31 28 124 121 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -
max. 47 46 45
min. 1 41 1 37 1 31 1
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 0,5 h minimum.
14
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 13 - Hardness limits for steel types wlth narrowed hardenablllty scatterbands: HH and HL-grades
Type of steel
20 Cr 4 E HH
20 Cr 4 E HL
16 MnCr 5 E HH
16 MnCr 5 E HL
18 Cr-Mo 4 E HH
18 CrMo 4 E HL
20 NiCrMo 2 E HH
20 NiCrMo 2 E HL
Quenchlng temperaturet
“C
900 f 5
900 + 5
900 * 5
900 f 5
900 f 5
900 + 5
900 f 5
900 + 5
Limits of Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) from the quenched end of the
test piece of range
1 1,5 1 3 1 5 1 7 1 9 1 11 1-13 1 15 1 20 1 25 1 30 1 35 140
max. 49 48 46 42 38 36 34 32 29 27 26 24 23
min. 44 41 36 31 28 26 24 22 - - - - -
max. 46 45 41 37 33 31 29 27 24 22 21 - -
min. 41 38 31 26 23 21 - - - - - - -
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 0,5 h minimum.
15
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Section 4: Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding steels for quenching and tempering (including boron-treated steels)
4.1 Scope
This section covers the specific requirements for the cold-heading and cold-extruding steels for quenching and tempering. It applies for diameters from 2 mm to 100 mm.
4.2 Requirements
4.2.1 Survey of comblnatlons of usual treatment condltlons on delivery, product forms and requlrements
Table 14 gives a Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements regarding Chemical composition, mechanical properties and hardenability (end- quench test and core hardenability).
4.2.2 Chemical composltlon
4.2.2.1 The specified Chemical composition of the steel according to the cast analysis is given in tables 15 and 16.
4.2.2.2 The permissible deviations between the values specified in tables 15 and 16 and the product analysis are indicated in table 17.
4.2.3 Hardenablllty and mechanlcal properties
4.2.3.1 Were the steel is not ordered according to hardenability requirements, i.e. where the steel type designations of tables 15, 16 and 16 and not the designations given in tables 19 to 24 are applied (besides the requirements for Chemical compo- sition), the requlrements for mechanical properties given in table 14, column 6.2, apply for the particular heat-treatment condition. In this case, the values of hardenability in the end-quench test given in table 19 are for guidance purposes only.
4.2.3.2 Where the steel is, by using the desig- nations given in tables 19 to 22, ordered according to normal (see tables 19 and 22) or to narrowed (see tables 20 and 21) end-quench hardenability require- ments, the values of hardenability given in table 19, 20, 21 or 22 apply in addition to the requirements given in table 14, column 6 (see footnote 2 to tables 15 and 16).
4.2.3.3 Where the steel is, by using the desig- nations given in table 23 or 24, ordered according to core hardenability requirements, the values of hardenability and maximum diameter given in table 23 or 24 apply in addition to the requirements given in table 14, column 6.
4.2.4 Treatment condition at the Urne of dellvery
The steels are usually delivered in one of the treat- ment conditions listed in table 14.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 14 - Combinations of usual beat-treatment condltions on delivery, product forms and requlremenfs according to tables 15 to 24 for steels for quenchlng and tempering
17
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 15 - Types of steel and chemlcal composltlon (appllcable to cast analysls)
Type of steel Chemical composition [ % (m/m)] 1) 2)
Designatiod C SI Mn P S Cr MO Ni
according to No. Name ISO 4954:1979 max. max. max.
31 CE 20 E4 0,17 to 0,23 0,40 0,30 to 0,60 0,035 0,035 - 32 CE 20 E4 c2 0,25 to 0,32 0,40 0,60 to 0,90 0,035 0,035 - -
33 CE 35 64 c3 0,32 to 0,39 0,40 0,50 to 0,80 0,035 0,035 34 CE 40 E4 0,37 to 0,44 0,40 0,50 to 0,80 0.035 0,035 - - -
35 CE 45 E4 C6 0,42 to 0,50 0,40 0,50 to 0,80 0,035 0,035
36 42Mn6E - 0,39 to 0,46 0,40 1,30 to 1,65 0,035 0,035 -
37 37 Cr 2 E c 12 0,34 to 0,41 0,40 0,50 to 0,00 0,035 0,035 0,40 to 0,60 38 46 Cr 2 E c 13 0,42 to 0,50 0,40 050 to 0,SO 0,035 0,035 0,40 to 0,60 - 39 34Cr4E c 14 0,30 to 0,37 0,40 0,60 to 0,90 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20 -
40 37 Cr 4 E c 15 0,34 to 0,41 0,40 0,60 to 0,90 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20 - 41 41 Cr 4 E C 16 0,3a to 0,45 0,40 0,60 to 0-90 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20
42 36 Mo 3 E c 22 0,33 to 0,40 0,40 0,70 to l,oo 0,035 0,035 - 0,20 to 0,30
43 25 CrMo 4 E c 30 0,22 to 0,29 0,40 0,60 to 090 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20 0,15 to 0,30
44 34 CrMo 4 E c 31 0,30 to 0,37 0,40 0,60 to 090 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20 0,15 to 0,30
45 42 CrMo 4 E C 32 0,38 to 0,45 0,40 0,60 to 0,90 0,035 0,035 0,90 to 1,20 0,15 to 0,30 -
46 41 CrNiMo 2 E C 40 0,37 to 0,44 0,40 0,70 to l,oo 0,035 0,035 0,40 to 0,60 0,15 to 0,30 0,40 to 0,70
47 41 NiCrMo 7 E C 42 0,37 to 0,44 0,40 0,55 to 0,85 0,035 0,035 0,65 to 095 0,15 to 0,30 1,60 to 2,00
48 31 CrNiMo 8 E C 43 0,27 to 0,34 0,40 0,30 to 0,60 0,035 0,035 1 ,eo to 2,20 0,30 to 0,50 1 ,eo to 2,20
1) Elements not quoted in this table should not be intentionally added to the steel without the agreement of the purchaser, other than for finishing the heat. All reasonable precautions should be taken to prevent the additlon, from scrap or other materials used in manufacture, of elements which affect the hardenability, mechanical properties and applicability.
2) In the case of grades wlth speclfled hardenabllity requlrements (see tables 19 to 21) except for phosphorus and Sulfur, Inslgnificant deviatlons from the limits for cast analysls are permlssible. However, these devlatlons shall not exceed 0,Ol % (m/m) In the case of carbon and, In all other Gases, the values accordlng to table 17.
3) The designations given in the first column are consecutive numbers. The designations given In the second column are in accord- ante with the System proposed by ISO/TC 17/SC 2. The designations given in the thlrd column represent the antlquated numbers of ISO 4954:1979.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 16 - Types of steel and chemlcal composltion (appllcable to cast analysls)
1 Type of steel Chemical composition [% (m/m)] 1) 2)
C Si
max
P s Cr 8” Total Al51
max. max.
Design;
Name
0113)
accordlng to ISO 4954:1979
CE 20 B GI El CE 20 B G2 E2
CE 28 B CE 35 6
35 MnB 5E 37 Cr0 1 E
E4 E5
E7 E 10
0,035 0,035
0,035 0,035
0,035 0,035 0,20 to 0,40
No.
T 62
63 64
65 66 -
0,17 to 0,24 0,17 to 0,24
0325 to 0,32 0,32 to 0,39
0,32 to 0,39 0,34 to 0,41
0,40 0,40
0,40 0,40
0,40 0,40 -
0,50 to 0,80 0,80 to 1,20
0,60 to 0,90 0,50 to 0,80
1,lO to 1,40 0,50 to 0,80
0,035 0,035
0,035 0,035
0,035 0,035
> 0,020 2 0,020
> 0,020 2 0,020
> 0,020 > 0,020
0,000 8 to 0,005 0,000 8 to 0,005
0,000 8 to 0,005 0,000 8 to 0,005
0,000 8 to 0,005 0,000 8 to 0,005
1) Elements not quoted in this table should not be Intentlonally added to the steel without the agreement of the purchaser, other than for finlshing the heat. All reasonable precautlons should be taken to prevent the addltlon, from scrap or other materlals used In manufacture, of elements whlch affect the hardenabllity, mechanlcal propertles and appllcablllty.
2) In the case of grades wlth specified hardenablllty requlrements (see table22) except for phosphorus and Sulfur, inslgnificant devl- ations from the Ilmlts for cast analysls are permlssible. However, these devlatlons shall not exceed 0.01 % (m/m) In the case of car- bon and, in all other cases, the values accordlng to table 17.
3) The deslgnatlons glven In the flrst column are consecutlve numbers. The deslgnatlons given In the second column are In accord- ante with the System proposed by ISO/TC ll/SC 2. The deslgnations glven in the third column represent the antlquated numbers of ISO 4954:1979.
4) Boron contents down to 0,0005 % (m/m) are tolerated If the requlrements for hardenabillty and mechanlcal propertles are still obtained.
5) The determinatlon of the soluble alumlnlum content shall be deemed to meet thls requlrement, provided that the soluble alumlnlum content value obtained Is not less than 0,015 % (m/m).
Table 17 - Permlsslble devlations between specified analvsls and Product analvsls
Permissible maxlmum content according to
cast analysis
Permissible devlationsl) Element
C
Si
Mn < 1,oo I
f 09 > l,oo Q 1,65 f WJf.3
P < 0,035 I
+ 0,005
S
B
Q 0,035 + 0,005
< 0,005 f 0,000 3
< WJ f 0,s > 2,00 < 2,20 f O,‘O
< 0,30 f 0,03 > 0,30 < 0.50 f om
< ‘,oo f 0,03 > 1.00 < 2,00 f om > 2.00 < 2,20 f om
Cr
MO
NI
1) f means that In one cast the devlatlon may occur over the upper value or under the lower value of the speclfled range glven In table 15 or 16, but not both at the Same tlme.
19
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 18 - Mechanical properties in the usual treatment conditions for cold heading or cold extruding
1 2 3 4
Treatment condition’)
ACorAC+P C+AC C+AC+LC Type of steel
R m,max z min R m,max z min R m.max Gin ”
N/mm* % N/mm* % N/mm* %
CE 20 E4 490 63 470 66 510 63 CE 28 E4 540 60 520 63 560 60 CE 35 E4 560 58 540 62 590 58 CE 40 E4 580 57 560 61 610 57 CE 45 E4 600 55 580 59 630 55
42 Mn6 E 600 58 580 60 620 60
37 Cr 2 E 600 60 580 62 610 62 46 Cr 2 E 620 58 600 60 630 60 34 Cr 4 E 600 60 580 62 610 62 37 Cr 4 E 610 59 590 620 61 41 Cr 4 E 620 58 600 :o 630 60 36 Mo3 E 620 600 60 630 60 25 Cr-Mo 4 E 580 60 560 590 62 34 CrMo 4 E 610 59 590
:: 620 61
42 CrMo 4 E 630 58 610 60 640 60 41 CrNiMo 2 E 650 55 630 57 660 57 41 NiCrMo 7 E 680 55 660 57 690 57 31 CrNiMo 8 E 700 58 680 60 710 60
CE 20 B GI 500 64 480 66 510 66 CE 20 B G2 520 62 500 64 530 64 CE 28 B 530 62 510 64 540 64 CE 35 B 570 550 64 580 64 35 MnB 5 E 600
Ei 580 62 610 62
37 CrB 1 E 600 60 580 62 610 62
R, = Tensile strength
2 = Reduction of area after fracture
1) See table 14.
2) For diameters < 12 mm, the reduction of area may be 2 % lower.
20
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 19 - Hardness limits for steel types with speclfled (normal) hardenabllity: H-grades (see 4.2.3.2)
Type of steel Quenching
temperatureI Limits of Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) from lhe quenched end of the test piece of
“C range 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 15 20 25 30
49 41 34 31 28 27 26 25 24 23 20 - max. 58 57 55 53 1 CE 35 E4 kl*) 670 f 5
min. 46 40 33 24 22 20 - - - - - - - - - -
max. 60 60 59 57 53 47 39 34 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 CE 40 E4 It*) 670 f 5
min. 51 46 35 27 25 24 23 22 21 20 - - - - - -
max. 62 61 61 60 57 51 44 37 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 CE 45 E4 Hz) 850 f 5
min. 55 51 37 30 26 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 - - -
Ouenching Type of steel temperature 11
Limits of Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) fmm the quenched end of the test piece of
“C range 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
max. 62 61 60 59 57 54 50 45 37 34 32 31 30 20 28 42 Mn 6 E H 845 f 5
min. 55 53 49 30 33 20 27 26 23 22 20 - - - -
max. 50 57 54 49 43 39 37 35 32 30 27 25 24 23 22 37 Cr 2 E H 850 f 5
mln. 51 46 37 29 25 22 20 - - - - - - - -
max. 61 59 56 51 45 41 39 37 33 31 29 27 26 25 24 46 Cr 2 E H 650 f 5
min. 52 47 30 31 27 24 22 20 - - - - - - -
max. 57 57 57 56 55 54 53 52 49 45 43 41 40 40 39 34 CrMo 4 E H 850 f 5
min. 49 49 48 45 42 39 36 34 30 26 27 26 25 24 24
max. 61 61 61 60 60 50 59 58 56 53 51 48 47 46 45 42 CrMo 4 E H 840 f 5
min. 53 53 52 51 40 43 40 37 34 32 31 30 30 20 29
max. 60 60 60 59 58 57 55 54 48 42 40 38 37 37 36 41 CrNiMo 2 E H 845 f 5
min. 53 53 52 50 47 42 38 35 30 28 26 25 24 24 23
max. 60 50 58 58 58 58 58 58 57 57 57 57 57 56 56 41 NiCrMo 7 E H 835 f 5
min. 53 52 52 52 52 51 51 51 50 49 47 48 45 44 43
max. 56 56 56 56 55 55 55 55 55 54 54 54 54 54 54 31 CrNiMo 8 E H 645 f 5
min. 46 46 48 48 47 47 47 4% 46 45 45 44 44 43 43
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 0,5 h mlnlmum. For further quenchlng condltlons, see ISO 642.
2) The hardenability values for the unalloyed steels are tentative and may be adjusted as more information becomes available. If the hardenability scatterband for the H-grade of the relevant steel of a manufacturer falls outsida tha Ilmits glven In thls table. the manufacturer has to inform the purchaser accordingly at the time of enqulty and Order.
21
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 20 - Tentative hardness limits for unalloyed steel types with narrowed hardenability
scatterbands: HH and HL-grades
Type of steel
CE 35 E4 HH4
CE 35 E4 HH14
CE 35 E4 HL4
CE 35 E4 HL14
CE 40 E4 HH4
CE 40 E4 HH14
CE 40 E4 HL4
CE 40 E4 HL14
CE 45 E4 HH4
CE 45 E4 HH14
CE 45 E4 HL4
CE 45 E4 HL14
Quenchlng temperaturel)
870 f 5
870 $- 5
870 f 5
870 f 5
850 f 5
850 f 5
Tentative values of hardness (HRC) at a
distance (in mm) from the quenched end of
the teat piece of
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 05 h minimum. For further quenching conditions. see ISO 642.
22
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 21 - Hardness limits for alloyed steel types with narrowed hardenability scatterbands: HH and HL-grades
Type of steel
42 Mn 6 E HH
42 Mn 6 E HL
37 Cr 2 E HH
37 Cr 2 E HL
46Cr2EHH
46 Cr 2 E HL
34Cr4EHH
34Cr4EHL
37Cr4EHH
37Cr4EHL
41 Cr 4 E HH
41 Cr 4 E HL
36Mo3EHH
36Mo3EHL
25 CrMo 4 E HH
25 CrMo 4 E HL
34CrMo4EHH
Quenching temperaturel)
“C
845 *5
Limits of range
j-Tz-
1 min.
1 Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) from the quenched end of the test piece of
1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
62 61 60 59 57 54 50 45 37 34 32 31 30 29 28
57 56 53 46 41 37 35 32 28 26 24 23 22 21 20
IIEf-8 I c 1 max. 1 59 1 57 1 54 1
“.J” I
-
.J
max. 56 53 40 42 37 33 31 29 26 24 21 - - - - 050 f5
min. 51 46 37 29 25 22 20 - - - - - - - -
max. 61 59 56 51 45 41 39 37 33 31 29 27 26 25 24 050 f 5
min. 55 51 45 30 33 30 20 26 22 20 - - - - -
max. 58 55 50 44 39 35 33 31 27 25 23 21 20 - - 850 f5
min. 52 47 39 31 27 24 22 20 - - - - - - -
max. 57 57 56 54 52 49 46 44 39 37 35 34 33 32 31
max. 49 49 47 46 43 41 30 36 32 30 29 28 27 27 27 860 f5
min. 44 43 40 37 34 32 29 27 23 21 20 - - - -
max. 57 57 57 56 55 54 53 52 48 45 43 41 40 40 39 a50*5
min. 52 52 51 49 46 44 42 40 36 34 32 31 30 29 29
23
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Quenching Type of steel temperaturel)
Lfmfts of Hardness (HRC) at a distance (in mm) from the quenched end of the test piece of
“C range 1.5 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
max. 54 54 54 52 51 49 47 46 42 39 38 36 35 35 34 34 CrMo 4 E HL 850 f5
min. 49 49 48 45 42 39 36 34 30 28 27 26 25 24 24
max. 61 61 61 60 60 59 59 50 56 53 51 48 47 46 45 42 CrMo 4 E HH 840 f5
min. 56 56 55 54 52 40 46 44 41 39 38 36 36 35 34
max. 50 50 50 57 56 54 53 51 49 46 44 42 41 40 40 42 CrMo 4 E HL 840 f5
min. 53 53 52 51 49 43 40 37 34 32 31 30 30 29 29
max. 60 60 60 59 58 57 55 54 48 42 40 38 37 37 36 41 CrNiMo 2 E HH 045 *5
min. 55 55 55 53 51 47 44 41 36 33 31 29 20 20 27
max. 50 50 57 56 54 52 49 40 42 37 35 34 33 33 32 41 CrNiMo 2 E HL
41 NiCrMo 7 E HH
41 NiCrMo 7 E HL
31 CrNiMo 8 E HH
max. 53 53 53 53 52 52 52 52 52 51 51 51 51 50 50 31 CrNiMo 8 E HL 845 f5
min. 48 40 40 40 47 47 47 46 46 45 45 44 44 43 43
1) Time for austenitizlng, as a gulde: 0,5 h minlmum. For further quenching condltlons, see ISO 642.
24
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Type of steel Quenchlng
temperaturel)
“C
ZE 20 B GI H
ZE 20 B G2 H
880 + 5
880 f 5
ZE 28 B H 850 + 5
ZE 35 B H 850 f 5
55 MnB 5 E H 850 f 5
)7 CrB 1 E H 850 11 5
Table 22 - Tentative hardness limits for specifled hardenabllity of boron-treated steels
*
Limits of Hardness HR@) 3) at a distance (in mm) from the quenched end of the
test plece of range
1,5 3 5 7
max. 48 47 46 43
min. 41 38 32 21
max. 48 48 47 45
min. 1 41 1 40 1 37 1 28
max. t 53 1 52 1 51 1 48 44 38 32 27 20 - - - - - -
min. 45 42 35 27
max. 58 58 57 55
min. 51 49 43 30
max. 59 59 58 56
min. 52 50 46 37 d
9 Ill113 1 15 1 20 1 25 1 30 1 35 1
- - -
# - - -
37 30 25
- - -
41 35 30 27 22 - - - - - -
20 - - - - - - - - - -
I I I I 1 l I I I 1 22 - - - - - - - - - -
52 46 38 33 26 25 - - - - -
24 21 - - - - l-l-l-l-l-l I I I I I I
55 1 53 1 50 1 45 1 37 1 32 1 28 1 26 1 24 1 23 1 - I
36 31 27 25 21 - - - - - - I 1 I 1 I I I I I
54 50 45 41 34 30 27 25 24 - -
-iöp+i I I I I l 1 I I
1122 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - I I I I I I I I
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 0,5 h minimum. For further quenching conditions, see ISO 642.
2) The hardness values are tentative and may be adjusted as more information becomes available.
3) By agreement between the purchaser and supplier, closer hardenability limits may be agreed upon.
25
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 23 - Dlameter up to which, after quenching in an oll of high quenchlng capacity, a hardness of
40,45 or 48 HRC tan be achleved for the core: CH-grades (see 4.2.3.3) (the values are for guidance 9
Type of steel Quenchlng
Hardness
temperaturel) In the core
“C HRC
CE 35 E4 CH CE 40 E4 CH CE45E4CH
42 Mn 6 E CH
37 Cr 2 E CH 46 Cr 2 E CH 34Cr4ECH 37 Cr 4 E CH 41 Cr 4 E CH
36 Mo 3 E CH
Maximum diamcter
mm
82) 102) 122)
25 CrMo 4 E CH 34CrMo4 ECH 42 CrMo 4 E CH
845 f 5 40
850 f 5 40 850 f 5 40 --r 850 f 5 40 045 f 5 40 840 f 5 40
1
845 f 5 40
20
1 62) 202) 22 24 20
20
20 20 28
41 CrNiMo 2 E CH 41 NiCrMo 7 E CH 31 CrNiMo 8 E CH
21 34 60
1) Time for austenitizing, as a gulde: 0,5 h mlnlmum. For further quenchlng condltions, see 1.5.3.2.2 and 1.5.4.2.2.
2) These values apply only If the steel was not ordered as fine gram steel.
Table 24 - Diameter up to which, after quenching in an oil of high quenching capacity, a hardness of 40 HRC tan be achleved for the core: CH-grades
(see 4.2.3.3)
Quenching Maximum Type of steel temperaturel) diameter2)
“C mm
CE20BGl CH 080 f 5 9 CE20BG2CH 880 f 5 12
CE28 BCH 850 f 5 14 CE35 BCH 850 f 5 18
35MnB5ECH 050 f 5 26 37 CrB 1 E CH 050 f 5 24
1) Tlme for austenltlzlng, as a gulde: 0,5 h minlmum.
2) The maximum diameters of the core hardenlng test given in this table do not necessarlly Indlcate that the respective steels are suitable for all strength levels In these slzes.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Section 5: Specific requirements for cold-heading and cold-extruding stainless steels
5.1 Scope
This section covers the specific requirements for the cold-heading and cold-extruding stainless steels. It applies in the case of ferritic steels for diameters from 2 mm to 25 mm, in the case of martensitic steels for diameters from 2 mm to 100 mm and in the case of austenitic steels for diameters from 2 mm to 50 mm.
5.2 Requirements
5.2.1 Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements
Table25 gives a Survey of combinations of usual treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements regarding Chemical composition and mechanical properties.
5.2.2 Chemical composition
5.2.2.1 The specifled Chemical composition of the steel according to the cast analysis is given in table 26.
5.2.2.2 The permissible deviations between the values specified in table 26 and the product analysis are indicated in table27.
5.2.3 Mechanical propertles
For all steels which were ordered in one of the treatment conditions indicated in table25, the maxi- mum values for the tensile strength and, for ferritic and martensitic steels, the minimum values for the reduction of area specitied in table28 apply.
5.2.4 Corrosion resistance
For the resistance against corrosion, the require- ments may be agreed upon, e.g. for austenitic steels: intergranular corrosion tests according to ISO 3651-IM or ISO 3651-2131.
5.2.5 Treatment condition at the time of delivery
The steels are usually delivered in one of the treat- ment conditions listed in table 25.
Table 25 - Combinations of usual heat-treatment conditions on delivery, product forms and requirements according to tables 26 to 28 for stainless steels
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 Condition of delivery Symbol for “x” Indlcates appllcable to Applicable requirements
for ferritic and for austenitic ferrltic and austenltlc hot- wlre rod drawn martensitic steels martensitlc steels rolled products 7.1
steeis steels bars
2 Annealed Quenchedt) AC Q X X
3 Annealed and Quenchedt) and AC+P Q+P X -
peeled peeled
4 Cold drawn and Cold drawn and C+AC C+Q - Chemical
X annealed quenchedt)
composltion accordlng to
5 Cold drawn and Cold drawn and C+AC+LC C+Q+LC - X tables 26
annealed, and quenchedl), and and 27
lightly cold re- lightly cold re- duced (e.g. with duced (e.g. with a reduction of a reductlon of 5 %) 5 %)
7.2
Mechanical properties according to table 20, column 2
Mechanical properties according to table 28, column 3
6 Others Other treatment condltlons may be agreed upon at the tlme of enqulry and Order.
1) Instead of the term “quenched”, the term “annealed” Is often used for austenltlc steels.
27
Typ
e o
f st
eel
Ch
emic
al
com
po
siti
on
[ %
(m
/m)]
1)
Des
ign
atio
n2)
C
S
i M
n
P
s C
r M
O
Ni
Oth
ers
acco
rdin
g to
N
o.
Nam
e IS
O 4
954:
1979
m
ax.
max
. m
ax
max
.
Fem
itic
st
eels
71
X3C
r17
E
- <
oD
4 1
,oo
l,oo
0,04
0 0,
030
16.0
to
1 a,o
Q
1,o
72
X6C
r17
E
Dl
=G
wJ8
1
,oo
1 ,o
o 0,
040
0,03
0 16
,Oto
18
,O
a 10
73
X6C
rMol
71
E
D2
<
0,08
l,o
o 1,
oo
0,04
0 0,
030
16,O
to
18,O
0.
90 t
o 1,
30
G- 1
,o
74
X6C
rTi
12 E
-
<
OP
3 1,
oo
1.00
0,
040
0,03
0 IO
,5
to
12,5
a
0,50
T
i:6x%
C<
l,O
75
X 6
CrN
b 12
E
- <
0,
08
l,oo
l,oo
0,04
0 0,
030
10,5
to
12,5
a
o,m
N
b: 6
x
%
C <
1,
0
Yar
tens
itic
sm¶l
s 76
X
I2
Cr
13 E
D
10
0,09
to
0,15
l,o
o l,o
o 0,
040
0,03
0 11
,5to
13
,5
Si
14
77
X 1
9 C
rNi
16 2
E
D 1
2 0,
14 t
o 0,
23
l,oo
1,oo
0,
040
0,03
0 15
,o t
o 17
,5
1,5
to 2
.5
Aus
teni
tlc
stee
ls
7%
X 2
CrN
i 18
10
E
D 2
0 <
0,
030
1,ou
2,
00
0,04
5 0,
030
17,0
to
19,0
9,
0 to
12
,0
79
X 5
CrN
i 18
9 E
D
21
<
0,07
l,o
o 2,
OO
0,
045
o,o3
cl
17,0
to
19,0
8,
O to
11
.0
80
X
10 C
rNi
18 9
E
D 2
2 <
0,
12
l,oo
2.00
0.
045
0,03
0 17
,o t
o 19
,0
8,O
to
10,o
81
X 5
CrN
i 18
12
E
D 2
3 <
0,
07
l,oo
2,cm
0,
045
0,03
0 17
,0 t
o 19
,0
11,o
to
13,0
02
X 6
CrN
i 18
16
E
D 2
5 <
ao
8 l,o
o 2,
00
0,04
5 0,
030
15,0
to
17,0
17
,o t
o 19
,o
83
X 6
CrN
iTi
18 1
0 E
D
26
<
0,08
1,
oo
2,00
0,
045
0,03
0 17
,o t
o 19
,0
9,0
to
12,0
T
i:5x%
C<
0,80
84
X 5
CrN
iMo
17 1
2 2
E
D 2
9 <
0,
07
l,oo
2,00
0,
045
0,03
0 16
,5 t
o 18
,5
2,0
to
2,5
10,s
to
135
05
X 6
CrN
iMoT
i 17
12
2 E
D
30
<
0,08
l,o
o 2,
cm
0,04
5 0,
030
16,5
to
18,5
2,
0 to
2,
5 ii,
o to
74
,o
Ti:
5 x
%
C <
0,
80
86
X 2
CrN
iMo
17 1
3 3
E
- <
0,
030
l,oo
2,O
O
0,04
5 0,
030
16,5
to
18,5
2‘
5 to
3,0
11
,5 t
o 14
,5
87
X 2
CrN
iMoN
17
13
3 E
-
<
0,03
0 l,o
o 2,
OO
0,
045
0,03
0 16
,5 t
o 18
,5
2,s
to 3
,0
11,5
to
14,5
N
: 0,
12 t
o 0,
22
00
X 3
CrN
iCu
18 9
3 E
D
32
<
0,04
1
,oo
2,00
0,
045
0,03
0 17
,0 t
o 19
,0
l3,5
to
10,5
C
u: 3
,00t
o 4-
00
1)
Ele
men
ts
not
quot
ed
in t
his
tabl
e sh
ould
no
t be
In
tent
lona
lly
adde
d to
the
st
eel
with
out
the
agre
emen
t of
th
e pu
rcha
ser,
ot
her
than
fo
r fin
ishi
ng
the
heat
. A
ll re
ason
able
pr
ecau
tions
sh
ould
be
tak
en
to
prev
ent
the
addi
tion,
fr
om
scra
p or
ot
her
mat
eria
is
used
in
man
ufac
ture
, of
el
emen
ts
whi
ch
affe
ct
mec
hani
cal
prop
ertie
s an
d ap
plic
abill
ty.
2)
The
de
sign
atio
ns
give
n in
th
e fir
st
colu
mn
are
cons
ecut
ive
num
bers
. T
he
desi
gnat
ions
gi
ven
in
the
seco
nd
colu
mn
are
In
acco
rdan
ce
with
th
e S
yste
m
prop
osed
by
IS
O/T
C
17/S
C
2. T
he
desl
gnat
ions
gi
ven
in t
he
third
co
lum
n re
pres
ent
the
antiq
uate
d nu
mbe
rs
of
ISO
495
4:19
79.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 27 - Product analysis - Permissible deviatlons from the specified cast analysis (see table 26)
Element Cast analysis (specified limits)
% (m/m)
s 0,030
C > 0.030 < 0,20
> 0,20 s 0,23
Si I
s l,o
Mn Q l,o
> 1,o Q 2,0
P s 0,040
> 0,040 s 0,045
a 0,030
Cr 2 IO,5 < 15,0
> 15,o -G 19,0
s 4,0
MO < 1,75
a 1,75 < 3,0
s 1,o
Ni > l,o < 5,o
> 5,o s IO,0
> 10,o < 19,o
Nb
N I
s 0,22
Ti I s 1,oo f. 0305
Permissible deviationsj) from the specified composition
% (m/m)
+ 0,005
f 0,01
i: 0902
+ 0,05
+ 0,03
+ 0,04
+ 0,005
+ 0,010
+ 0,005
f 0,15
* 020
f 0,15
+ 0,05
* 0,lO
+ 0,03
* 0,07
f 0,lO
* 0,15
f 0,05
+ 0,Ol
1) If: means that in one cast, and in more than one product analysis, the deviation may occur over the upper value or under the lower value of the specified range given in table26, but not both at the Same time.
29
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table 28 - Mechanical properties in the usual treatment condition for cold heading or coid extrudlng
1 2 3
Treatment conditionl) for the ferritic and martensitic steels
ACorAC+PorC+AC C+AC+ LC
Type of steei Treatment condltionl) for the austenitic steels
QorQ+PorC+Q C+Q+LC
R m.max z min R m,max Zmin
N/mm* % N/mm* %
Ferritic steeis
X3Cr 17 E 500 65 540 63
X6 Cr 17 E 560 65 600 63
X 6 CrMo 17 1 E 600 65 640 63
X6Crl”t 12 E 530 65 570 63
X6 CrNb 12 E 500 65 540 63
Martensftlc steels
X 12 Cr 13 E 600 62 640 60
X 19 CrNi 16 2 E 800 50 840 48
Austenitic steels
X 2 CrNi 18 10 E 630 680
X5CrNi 189 E 650 710
X 10 CrNi 18 9 E 660 720
X 5 CrNi 18 12 E 650 700
X 6 NiCr 18 16 E 600 640
X 6 CrNiTi 18 10 E 680 730
X 5 CrNiMo 17 12 2 E 660 710
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 E 680 730
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 3 E 680 730
X 2 CrNiMoN 17 13 3 E 780 840
X3CrNiCu1893E 590 620
R, - Tensile strength
z- Reduction of area after fracture
1) See table25.
30
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Annex A (informative)
Guide to property values after processlng
A.l Introduction
The property values contained in this International Standard are delivety requirements. The property values indicated in this annex are not delivery re- quirements because they are the result of process- ing after delivery. The data in this annex are provided only as a guide to the relative Performance of the different steels enumerated in this Inter- national Standard. They are not intended for use in the purchase, design, development, manufacture or usage of any item. Users must assure themselves of the actual proper-Ces achieved in practice.
A.2 Tables A.l to A.6 contain information on:
- mechanical properties for reference test bars in the simulated case-hardened condition (see ta- ble A.l);
-
-
-
-
-
heat treating test bars and heat treatment of case-hardening steels (see table A.2);
mechanical proper-Ces for quenched and tem- pered condition (see table A.3);
conditlons for heat treatment of steels for quenching and tempering (see table A.4);
mechanical properties of martensitic stainless steels in the quenched and tempered condition (see table A.5);
conditions for heat treatment of stainless steels (see table A.6).
NOTE 5 Austenitic steels are normally applied in the deformed condition. The properties tan be very different and therefore cannot be standardized here. For the mechanical properties of ferritic and martensitic stainless steels in the annealed condition, see table28.
31
0=16
mm
0=
30
mm
0=
63m
m
Typ
e o
f st
eel
%w
R
, A
‘1
KV
) K
V2)
R
P0.
2 4
A ‘
) K
U21
K
V2)
R
P,2
A
‘1
KU
2)
K
V2)
m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
4ll
min
. m
in.
min
.
N/m
mz
Nim
m2
%
J J
Nim
m2
Nim
m2
%
J J
N/m
m2
N/m
mz
%
J J
CE
10
270
45O
to8O
O
14
35
3)
250
400
to
700
15
35
3)
- -
- -
-
CE
15
E4
300
500
to 8
50
13
30
3)
260
45O
to75
O
14
30
3)
- -
- -
-
CE
16
E4
340
55O
to9O
O
11
25
3)
290
500
to
800
12
25
3)
- -
- -
-
CE
20
E4
370
570
to 9
20
10
25
3)
320
520
to 8
20
11
25
3)
- -
- -
-
20 C
r 4
E
550
820t
o117
04)
9 25
3)
49
0 75
0to1
1004
) 9
25
3)
450
670
to
1020
4)
10
25
31
16 M
nCr
5 E
60
0 88
0 to
12
304)
9
25
3)
520
770t
oll2
O.‘)
10
25
31
45
0 65
Oto
lOO
O’)
11
25
31
18 C
rMo
4 E
60
0 92
0 to
12
704)
9
25
3)
540
820t
o117
O’)
10
25
3)
480
710t
o1O
604)
11
25
3)
20
NiC
rMo
2 E
56
0 81
0tol
l604
) 9
25
31
510
730t
o 10
8O’)
10
30
3)
470
66O
to10
104)
11
30
3)
0 =
D
iam
eter
of
tes
t ba
r
R,
=
Ten
stle
st
reng
th
A
=
Per
cent
age
elon
gatio
n af
ter
frac
ture
(L
, =
5 (
6, w
here
&
is
the
or
igin
al
ieng
th
and
d,
is t
he
orig
inal
di
amet
er)
KU
=
Im
pact
st
reng
th
ot
ISO
U
-not
ch
test
pi
eces
KV
=
Im
pact
st
reng
th
of
ISO
V-n
otch
te
st
piec
es
RW
,, =
0,
2 %
P
rcot
st
ress
(s
peci
fied
yiel
d st
reng
th)
1)
For
the
pu
rpos
es
of t
his
Inte
rnat
iona
l S
tand
ard,
th
ese
valu
es
are
only
ap
plic
able
fo
r di
amet
ers
>
4 m
m.
For
pr
oduc
ts
with
di
amet
ers
< 4
mm
, if
requ
ired,
th
e va
lues
sh
ould
be
agr
eed
upon
at
the
tim
e of
enq
uiry
an
d O
rder
.
2)
Ave
rage
of
thr
ee
indi
vtdu
al
valu
es:
no
Indi
vidu
al
valu
e sh
all
be l
ower
th
an
70
%
of t
he
min
imum
av
erag
e va
lue.
3)
If te
stin
g of
IS
O V
-not
ch
Impa
ct
test
pr
eces
is
req
uire
d,
the
min
imum
Im
pact
st
reng
th
valu
e is
to
be a
gree
d up
on.
4)
The
va
lues
gt
ven
in t
hrs
tabl
e ar
e on
ly
base
d on
a s
mal
l am
ount
of
dat
a.
In a
dditi
on,
atte
mpt
s w
ere
mad
e to
obt
ain
som
e co
nfirm
atio
n of
the
co
rrec
tnes
s of
the
va
lues
by
ca
lcul
atio
n on
the
ba
sis
of J
omm
y va
lues
.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
I Table A.2 - Conditlons for heat tr
I I
Type of steel Carburizing
temperatureI) 2) 3)
“C
Direct and simple
hardening temperaturel)
“C
~ CE10
CE 15 E4
CE 16 E4
CE 20 E4
20 Cr 4 E
880 to 980 830 to 870
880 to 980 830 to 870
880 to 980 830 to 870
880 to 980 830 to 870
880 to 980 820 to 860
I 16 MnCr 5 E I
880 to 980 820 to 860
I 18 CrMo 4 E 880 to 980 820 to 860
20 NiCrMo 2 E 880 to 980 I
820 to 860
lating test bars and treatment of the steels
h
880 to 920
880 to 920
880 to 920 7 880 to 920
860 to 900
860 to 900 I
780 to 820
860 to 900 I
780 to 820
860 to 900 I
780 to 820 I
Temperingl) 5,
“C I
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
150 to 200
1) The temperatures given for carburizing, direct and simple hardening, core hardening, case hardening and tempering are for guidance only. The actual temperatures Chosen should be those that will give the properties required.
2) The carburizing temperature will depend on the Chemical composition of the steel, the mass of the product, and the carburizing medium. In general, if the steels are direct hardened, a temperature of 950 “C is not exceeded. Also, for special procedures e.g. under vacuum, higher temperatures, e.g. 1 020 “C to 1 050 “C, are not unusual.
3) If the steels arc direct hardened and if there is a danger of distortion, they should be quenched from a temperature between the core-hardening and case-hardening temperatures.
4) The kind of quenching agent depends on, for example, the shape of the products, the cooling conditions and the quantity of furnace filling.
5) Time for tempering, as a guide: 1 h minimum.
33
( ( ( ( ( 1 , . 1 I . I . 1 , . :
Typ
e o
f st
eel
0<16
mm
16
mm
<0<
4Om
m
4Om
m<
0<1O
Om
m
Rp
0,2
R,
A
‘1
KU
2)
KV
2)
RP
&2
Rtll
A
‘)
KU
21
KV
2)
RP
O.2
A
‘)
KU
2,
K
V21
m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
min
. m
in.
%
min
. m
in.
min
. N
imm
2 N
/mm
a %
J
J N
/mm
2 N
/mm
2 %
J
J N
/mm
2 N
imm
2 %
J
J
CE
20
E43
) 37
0 54
0to6
80
19
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
CE
28
E4
390
580
to
730
18
30
40
330
540t
om
20
30
40
- -
- -
-
CE
35
E4
430
63O
to78
0 47
25
35
38
0 6O
Oto
75O
19
25
35
32
0 55
Oto
7OO
20
29
35
C
E 4
0 E
4 46
0 65
0to8
00
16
20
30
400
630
to 7
80
18
20
30
350
600
to
750
19
20
30
ZE
45
E4
490
700
to
850
14
15
25
430
65O
to80
0 16
15
25
37
0 63
0 to
780
17
15
25
t2M
n6E
69
0 9O
Oto
lO50
12
25
35
59
0 8O
Oto
95O
14
30
40
48
0 75
0to9
OO
15
30
40
37
Cr
2 E
55
0 8O
Oto
95O
14
30
35
45
0 7O
Oto
85O
15
25
35
35
0 60
0 to
75
0 17
25
35
16
Cr2
E
650
9OO
tol
100
12
25
30
550
8OO
to95
O
14
25
35
400
65O
to8O
O
15
25
35
34C
r4E
70
0 9O
Oto
l 10
0 12
25
35
59
0 8O
Oto
95O
14
30
40
46
0 70
0 to
85
0 15
30
40
37
Cr
4 E
75
0 95
Oto
1 15
0 11
20
30
63
0 85
Oto
lOW
13
25
35
51
0 75
Oto
9OO
14
25
35
11
Cr
4 E
80
0 1O
OO
to12
OO
11
20
30
66
0 9O
Oto
l 10
0 12
25
35
56
0 8O
Oto
95O
14
25
35
36
Mo3
E
630
83O
tolf3
30
13
20
30
460
690
to 8
40
16
20
30
390
660
to
810
16
20
30
!5 C
rMo
4 E
70
0 90
0to1
1OO
12
30
45
60
0 8K
Jto9
5O
14
35
50
450
7OO
to85
O
15
35
50
34C
rMo4
E
80
0 1O
OO
to12
00
11
25
35
650
900t
011O
O
12
30
40
550
8OO
to95
O
14
30
45
12 C
rMo
4 E
90
0 11
OO
to13
OO
10
20
30
75
0 1O
OO
to12
00
11
25
35
650
9OO
tol
100
12
25
35
tl C
rNiM
o 2
E
840
1OO
Oto
12O
a 10
30
40
74
0 9O
Oto
11O
O
11
30
40
640
8OO
to95
O
12
30
40
Ll
NiC
rMo
7 E
1f
XIO
12
OO
to14
00
9 25
35
90
0 1
IOO
tol
300
10
25
35
800
1OO
Oto
12al
11
30
40
31
CrN
iMo
8 E
Gl
850
1O3O
to12
3O
12
35
45
850
lO30
tol2
3O
12
25
45
800
980t
o 1
180
12
35
45
31 C
rNiM
o 8
E G
2 1
WO
1
250
to
1 45
0 9
20
30
1 05
0 12
5Oto
145O
9
20
30
900
1 10
0 to
13
00
IO
25
35
:E
20 0
GI
450
6OO
to75
O
16
35
45
400
55O
to7O
O
18
35
45
- -
- -
- :E
20
0 G
2 55
0 7O
Oto
85O
14
30
40
50
0 65
Oto
800
16
30
40
- -
- -
-
:E
28
B
550
700
to 8
50
14
30
40
480
630
to 7
80
16
30
40
- -
- -
:E35
B
60
0 75
Oto
9OO
14
30
40
50
0 65
Oto
800
16
30
40
- -
- -
-
k5M
nB5E
75
0 9O
Oto
1050
12
20
30
65
0 8O
Oto
95O
14
20
30
51
0 68
0 to
83
0 15
30
4)
404)
57
CrB
1
E
700
85O
tol0
00
12
25
35
600
75O
to9w
14
25
35
48
0 63
0 to
78
0 16
30
’) 4(
r)
0 =
D
iam
eter
rI
,,, =
T
ensi
ie
stre
ngth
4
=
Per
cent
age
elon
gatio
n af
ter
frac
ture
(4
=
5 4,
w
here
4
is t
he
orig
inal
le
ngth
an
d d,
, is
the
or
igin
al
diam
eter
) Y
U
=
Impa
ct
stre
ngth
of
IS
O
U-n
otch
te
st
piec
es
YV
=
Im
pact
st
reng
th
of
ISO
V-n
otch
te
st
piec
es
Pr,
,,, =
0,2
%
P
roof
st
ress
(s
peci
fied
yiel
d st
reng
th)
YO
TE
-
For
th
e fa
stan
er
indu
stry
, IS
O 8
98-I
m
spec
ifies
m
inim
um
tem
perin
g te
mpe
ratu
res
of
betw
een
340
‘C
and
425
“C,
for
thes
e ty
pes
of
stee
l re
sulti
ng
in
ditfe
ring
nech
anic
al
prop
ertie
s.
1)
For
th
e pu
rpos
es
of
this
In
tern
atio
nal
Sta
ndar
d,
thes
e va
lues
ar
e on
ly
appl
icab
le
for
diam
eter
s Z
4
mm
. F
or
prod
ucts
w
ith
diam
eter
s <
4 m
m,
if re
quire
d,
the
valu
es
shou
ld
be a
gree
d up
on
at t
he
time
of e
nqui
ry
and
Ord
er.
2)
Ave
rage
of
th
ree
indi
vidu
al
valu
es:
no
indi
vidu
al
valu
e sh
all
be
low
er
than
70
%
of
the
min
imum
av
erag
e va
lue.
U
nles
s ot
herw
ise
agre
ed,
the
choi
ce
betw
een
ISO
U
-not
ch
and
ISO
V-n
otch
te
st
piec
es
is l
eft
to
the
man
ufac
ture
r.
3)
The
va
lues
fo
r th
is
stee
l ty
pe
are
only
ap
plic
able
fo
r di
amet
ers
up t
o 6
mm
.
4)
The
se
impa
ct
valu
es
are
tent
ativ
e.
The
y w
ill,
If ne
cess
ary,
be
re
vise
d as
soo
n as
fur
ther
da
ta
are
avai
labl
e.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table A.4 - Conditlons for heat treatment (for auidance onlv) . - . ,
Type of steei Normallzing
temperaturef)
“C
Heat treatment of steel produds
Quenching Tempering temperaturel)*)
Quenching agent3) temperature’) 5)
“C “C
CE 20 E4 890 to 930 870 to 910 Water 550 to 660 CE 28 E4 870 to 910 859 to 890 Water or oii 550 to 660 CE 35 E4 860 to 900 840 to 880 Water or oii 550 to 660 CE 40 E4 850 to 890 830 to 870 Water or oii 550 to 660 CE 45 E4 840 to 880 820 to 860 Water or oii 550 to 660
42 Mn6 E - 830 to 880 Oil 550 to 650
37 Cr 2 E 850 to 880 830 to 870 Water or oii 540 to 680 46 Cr 2 E 840 to 870 820 to 860 Water or oii 540 to 680 34 Cr 4 E - 830 to 870 Water or oii 540 to 680 37 Cr 4 E - 825 to 865 Oil or water 540 to 680 41 Cr 4 E - 820 to 860 Oil or water 540 to 680
36Mo3E - 820 to 860 Oil 540 to 680
25 CrMo 4 E - 840 to 880 Water or oii 540 to 680 34 CrMo 4 E - 830 to 870 Oil or water 540 to 680 42 CrMo 4 E - 820 to 860 Oil or water 540 to 680
41 CrNiMo 2 E - 830 to 860 Oil or water 540 to 660 41 NiCrMo 7 E - 820 to 850 Oil 540 to 660 31 CrNiMo 8 E GI - 830 to 860 Oil 580 to 680 31 CrNiMo 8 E G2 - 830 to 860 Oil 540 to 640
IE 20 B Gl 880 to 910 860 to 900 Water or oil 550 to 660 ZE 20 B G2 880 to 910 860 to 900 Water or oil 550 to 660 IE 28 B 870 to 900 850 to 890 Water or oil 550 to 660 ZE 35 B 860 to 890 840 to 880 Water or oil 550 to 660 35 MnB 5 E 860 to 890 840 to 880 Oil 550 to 660 37 CrB 1 E 855 to 885 835 to 875 Water or oil 550 to 660
1) Time for austenitizing, as a guide: 0,5 h minimum.
2) In the case where the quenching agents oil and water are indicated, the temperature at the lower end of the range should be used for water and that at the upper end for Oil.
3) When choosing the quenching agent, the influence of other Parameters. such as shape, dimensions, and quenching temperature, on properties and Crack susceptibility should be taken into account. Other quenching agents such as synthetic quenchants may also be used.
4) Time for tempering, as a guide: 1 h minimum.
5) For the fastener industry, ISO 898-1[11 specifies minimum tempering temperatures of between 340 “C and 425 “C, for these types of steel resulting in differing mechanical properties.
35
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table AS - Mechanlcal properties of martensitic steels for the heat-treatment condltlon glven In tableA.6
Type of steel
R PO2 Rf0 A 1)
min. min.
N/mm* N/mm* %
X 12 Cr 13 E 400 600 to 800 16
X 19 CrNi 16 2 E 680 880 to 1 080 11
R po,2 = 0,2 % Proof stress (specified yield strength)
R, = Tensile strength
A : Percentage elongation after fracture (L,, = 5 d,, where L, is the original length and d,, is the original diameter)
1) For the purposes of this International Standard, these values are only applicable for diameters > 4 mm. For products with diameters < 4 mm, if required, the values should be agreed upon at the time of enquiry and Order.
36
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Table A.6 - Heat treatment (for guidance only)
Symbol of Anneallng or solutlon
Temperlng Type of steel heat-treatmentl)
treatment Coollng medlum temperature
temperature
“C “C
Ferritic steels
X3Cr 17 E A 750 to 850
X6Cr 17 E A 750 to 850 X 6 CrMo 17 1 E A 750 to 850 Air, water, furnace
X6 CrTi 12 E A 750 A 850 Air, furnace
X 6 CrNb 12 E A 750 to 850
Martensitic steels
X 12 Cr 13 E Q+T*) 950 to 1 000 Oil, air 700 to 750
X 19 CrNi 16 2 E Q+T*) 980 to 1 030 Oil, air 600 to 700
Austenitic steels 3)
X 2 CrNi 18 10 E Q 1000t01 100 Water, air4)
X 5 CrNi 18 9 E Q 1000t01 100 Water, air4)
X 10 CrNi 18 9 E Q 1000t01 100 Water, air4)
X 5 CrNi 18 12 E Q 1000t01 100 Water, air4)
X 6 NiCr 18 16 E Q 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
X 6 CrNiTi 18 IO E Q 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
X5CrNiMol7122E Q 1020t01 120 Watet-, air4)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 E Q 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 3 E Q 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
X2 CrNiMoN 17 13 3 E Q 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
X 6 CrNiCu 17 9 3 E 0 1020t01 120 Water, air4)
1) A = annealing; Q = quenching; T = tempering.
2) If the steels are fo be annealed, the following treatments are recommended:
- for type X 12 Cr 13 E: 700 “C to 780 “C/air cool or 700 “C to 870 “C/furnace cool;
- for type X 19 CrNi 16 2 E: 650 “C to 750 “C/air cool. Prior transformation to martensite may be necessary.
3) In the case of heat treatment in the course of processing after delivery, the lower part of the given solution tem- perature range is to be aimed for. lf, in the course of heat treatment, the temperature was not below the specified lower limit of the solution temperature, the following temperatures are sufficient for repeat heat treatments:
980 “C in the case of Mo-free steels;
1 000 “C in the case of Mo-alloyed steels.
4) Cooling should be sufficiently rapid to prevent undesirable precipitations.
37
ISO 4954:1993(E)
Annex 6 (informative)
Bibliography
[l] ISO 898-1:1988, Mechanical properties of fasteners - Part 1: Belts, screws and studs.
[2] ISO 3651-1:1976, Austenitic stainless steels - Determination of resistance to intergranular corrosion - Part 1: Corrosion test in nitric acid medium by measurement of loss in mass (Huey test).
[S] ISO 3651-2:1976, Austenitic stainless steels - Determination of resistance to intergranular corrosion - Part 2: Corrosion test in a sulphuric acidlcopper sulphate medium in the presence of topper turnings (Monypenny Strauss test).
[4] ISO 4967:1979, Steel - Determination of content of non-metallic inclusions - Micrographic method using Standard diagrams.
ISO 4954:1993(E)
UDC 669.14-131.2 Detcriptors: steels, cold-working, extruslons, headlng (formlng), speclficatlons, chemlcal composltlon, mechanlcal properties, hardenability, surface conditlon, tests.
Price based on 38 pages
Designation: F 2282 – 03
Standard Specification forQuality Assurance Requirements for Carbon and Alloy SteelWire, Rods, and Bars for Mechanical Fasteners 1
This standard is issued under the fixed designation F 2282; the number immediately following the designation indicates the year oforiginal adoption or, in the case of revision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last reapproval. Asuperscript epsilon (e) indicates an editorial change since the last revision or reapproval.
1. Scope
1.1 This specification establishes quality assurance require-ments for the physical, mechanical, and metallurgical require-ments for carbon and alloy steel wire, rods, and bars in coilsintended for the manufacture of mechanical fasteners whichincludes: bolts, nuts, rivets, screws, washers, and special partsmanufactured cold.
NOTE 1—The Steel Industry uses the term “quality” to designatecharacteristics of a material which make it particularly well suited to aspecific fabrication and/or application and does not imply “quality” in theusual sense.
1.2 Wire size range includes 0.062 to 1.375 in.1.3 Rod size range usually includes7⁄32 in. (0.219) to47⁄64 in.
(0.734) and generally offered in1⁄64 increments (0.0156).1.4 Bar size range includes3⁄8 in. (0.375) to 11⁄2 in. (1.500).1.5 Sizes for wire, rod and bar outside the ranges of
paragraphs 1.2-1.4 may be ordered by agreement betweenpurchaser and supplier.
1.6 Material is furnished in many application variations.The purchaser should advise the supplier regarding the manu-facturing process and finished product application as appropri-ate. Five application variations are:
Cold HeadingRecessed HeadSocket HeadScrapless NutTubular Rivet
1.6.1 Wire is furnished for all five application variations.1.6.2 Rod and bar are furnished to the single application
variation; Cold Heading.
2. Referenced Documents
2.1 ASTM Standards:A 29/A 29M Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy,
Hot-Wrought, and Cold-Finished, General Requirements2
A 370 Test Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testingof Steel Products2
A 700 Practices for Packaging, Marking and Loading Meth-ods for Steel Products for Domestic Shipment2
A 751 Test Methods, Practices, and Terminology forChemical Analysis of Steel Products2
E 4 Practices for Force Verification of Testing Machines3
E 10 Test Method for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materi-als3
E 29 Practice for Using Significant Digits in Test Data toDetermine Conformance with Specifications4
E 112 Test Methods for Determining Average Grain Size3
E 381 Method of Macroetch Testing Steel Bars, Billets,Blooms, and Forgings3
E 407 Practice for Microetching Metals and Alloys3
E 1077 Test Methods for Estimating the Depth of Decar-burization of Steel Specimens3
F 1470 Guide for Fastener Sampling for Specified Mechani-cal Properties and Performance Inspection5
F 1789 Terminology of F16 Mechanical Fasteners5
2.2 AIAG Standard:B-5 Primary Metals Tag Application Standard6
2.3 IFI Standard:IFI-140 Carbon and Alloy Steel Wire, Rods, and Bars for
Mechanical Fasteners7
2.4 SAE Standards:J403 Chemical Compositions of SAE Carbon Steels8
J404 Chemical Compositions of SAE Alloy Steels8
J406 Methods of Determining Hardenability of Steels8
J415 Definitions of Heat Treating Terms8
3. Terminology
3.1 Definitions:3.1.1 annealing—a process of heating to and holding steel
at a given temperature for a given time and then cooling at agiven rate, used to soften or produce changes, or both, in themicrostructure of the steel to enhance formability and reducetensile strength.
1 This specification is under the jurisdiction of ASTM Committee F16 onFasteners and is the direct responsibility of Subcommittee F16.93 on QualityAssurance Provisions for Fasteners.
Current edition approved June 10, 2003. Published July 2003.2 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 01.05.
3 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 03.01.4 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 14.02.5 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Vol 01.08.6 Available from AIAG, 26200 Lahser Road, Suite 200, Southfield, MI 48034.7 Available from IFI, 1717 E. 9th St., Suite 1105, Cleveland, OH 44114-2879.8 Available from Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth
Dr., Warrendale, PA 15096-0001.
1
Copyright © ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, United States.
3.1.2 bars—produced from hot rolled or cast billets orblooms rolled single strand into coils. Bars have a greaterprecision in cross section than rods. Size tolerances are in Table1. Bars are finished as-rolled, annealed or spheroidize an-nealed, and in sizes included in 1.4.
3.1.3 lap—a longitudinal surface discontinuity extendinginto rod, bar, or wire caused by doubling over of metal duringhot rolling.
3.1.4 lot—a quantity of raw material of one size and heatnumber submitted for testing at one time.
3.1.5 rods—produced from hot rolled or cast billets, usuallyrolled in a multiple strand mill to a round cross section thencoiled into one continuous length to size tolerances shown inTable 2. Rods are furnished as-rolled, annealed, or spheroidizeannealed in sizes found in 1.3.
3.1.6 seam—a longitudinal discontinuity extending radiallyinto wire, rod, or bar. Seams in raw material used for themanufacture of fasteners or formed parts may lead to theformation of bursts.
3.1.7 spheroidizing—a form of annealing, involves pro-longed heating at temperatures near the lower critical tempera-ture, followed by slow cooling, with the object of formingspheroidal metallic carbides that allow a higher degree offormability.
3.1.8 void—a shallow pocket or hollow on the surface of thematerial.
3.1.9 wire—produced from hot rolled or annealed rods orbars by cold drawing for the purpose of obtaining desired size,dimensional accuracy, surface finish, and mechanical proper-ties. Wire is furnished in the following conditions: direct drawn(DD); drawn from annealed rod or bar (DFAR or DFAB);drawn from spheroidized annealed rod or bar (DFSR orDFSB); drawn to size and spheroidized (SAFS); drawn,annealed in process, and finally lightly drawn to size (AIP);and drawn, spheroidize annealed in process, and finally lightlydrawn to size (SAIP). Wire size tolerances are shown in Table3. Sizes include those specified in 1.2.
3.1.9.1 Discussion—Spheroidize annealed-at-finish sizewire (SAFS) is wire that has been spheroidize annealed afterfinal cold reduction. One or more annealing treatments mayprecede the final cold reduction.
3.1.9.2 Discussion—Annealed-in-Process (AIP) or Sphe-roidize Annealed-in-Process (SAIP) wire is produced as drawncarbon or alloy steel wire. In producing AIP and SAIP wire,rods or bars are drawn to wire and thermal treatment (followedby a separate cleaning and coating operation) is done prior tofinal drawing to produce a softer and more ductile wire forapplications in which direct drawn wire would be too hard.
Thermal treatment may also be employed when controlledmechanical properties are required for a specific application.
3.2 Heat treating terms not defined in this standard areincluded in Terminology F 1789 or SAE J415.
4. Ordering Information
4.1 Wire orders shall state the following:4.1.1 Quantity,4.1.2 Specification number and issue date,4.1.3 Diameter,4.1.4 Steel grade,4.1.5 Deoxidation practice and grain size or refinement
practice (coarse or fine); see 5.3.1-5.3.5,4.1.6 Application variation per 1.6,4.1.7 Thermal treatment; see 5.5,4.1.8 Surface coating,4.1.9 Coil weight and dimensions as required,4.1.10 Packaging,4.1.11 Tagging,4.1.12 Mill certification as required,4.1.13 Special requirements, for example, steel making
method and practice, specific hardenability, special shippinginstructions, single heat, etc., and
4.1.14 Example—40 000 lb, ASTM F 2282, 0.250 in., car-bon steel wire, IFI-1022A, silicon killed coarse grain, RecessedHead, spheroidize annealed-in-process, phosphate and lube,1500 lb coils, 28 in. coil i.d., on 18 in. tubular carriers, threebands per carrier, one metal tag per coil, mill certification, donot ship Fridays.
4.2 Rod orders shall state the following:4.2.1 Quantity,4.2.2 Specification number and issue date,4.2.3 Diameter,4.2.4 Steel grade,4.2.5 Deoxidation practice and grain size or refinement
practice (coarse or fine),4.2.6 Cold Heading,4.2.7 Thermal treatment,4.2.8 Surface coating,4.2.9 Coil weight and dimensions as required,4.2.10 Packaging,4.2.11 Tagging,4.2.12 Mill certifications as required,4.2.13 Special requirements, for example, descaling prac-
tice, steelmaking method and practice, specific hardenability,special shipping instructions, etc., and
TABLE 1 Bar Size Tolerances
FractionalDiameter, in.
Diameter 6Tolerance, in.
Out of Roundmax, in.
7⁄16 to 5⁄8 0.006 0.009>5⁄8 to 7⁄8 0.007 0.011>7⁄8 to 1 0.008 0.012>1 to 11⁄8 0.009 0.014>11⁄8 to 11⁄4 0.010 0.015>11⁄4 to 13⁄8 0.011 0.017>13⁄8 to 11⁄2 0.013 0.020
TABLE 2 Rod Size Tolerances
Diameter,in.
Diameter 6Tolerance, in.
Out of Roundmax, in.
7⁄32 to 47⁄64
(0.219 to 0.734)0.012 0.018
TABLE 3 Wire Size Tolerances and Out of Round
Diameter,in.
Diameter 6Tolerance, in.
Out of Roundmax, in.
< 0.076 0.0010 0.00100.076 < 0.500 0.0015 0.0015$ 0.500 0.0020 0.0020
F 2282 – 03
2
4.2.14 Example—200 000 lb, ASTM F 2282,21⁄64 in., car-bon steel rod, IFI-1022B, silicon killed fine grain, ColdHeading, spheroidize annealed, pickled and limed, 3000 lbcoils, 48 in. coil i.d., compacted and unitized in packages oftwo, banded with three steel straps per coil, two metal tags percoil attached to lead end on inside of bundle, put separatorsbetween coils.
4.3 Bar orders shall state the following:4.3.1 Quantity,4.3.2 Specification number and issue date,4.3.3 Diameter,4.3.4 Steel grade,4.3.5 Deoxidation practice and grain size or refinement
practice (coarse or fine),4.3.6 Cold Heading,4.3.7 Thermal treatment,4.3.8 Surface coating,4.3.9 Coil weight and dimensions as required,4.3.10 Packaging,4.3.11 Tagging,4.3.12 Mill certification as required,4.3.13 Special requirements, for example, steelmaking
method and practice, specific hardenability, special shippinginstructions, single heat, etc., and
4.3.14 Example—90 000 lb, ASTM F 2282, 0. 610 in.,carbon steel bars, IFI-1038, silicon killed coarse grain, sphe-roidize annealed, Cold Heading, phosphate and lime, 5400 lbcoils, 54 in. coil i.d., three bands per coil, one metal tag percoil, lead end of each coil paint red.
5. Manufacture
5.1 Melting Practice—The steel shall be melted in a basicoxygen or electric furnace process.
5.2 Casting Practice—Steel shall be ingot cast, or continu-ous cast with controlled procedures to meet the requirements ofthis specification.
5.3 Deoxidation Practice and Grain Size—The materialshall be furnished in one of the deoxidation and grain size
practices included in 5.3.1-5.3.5, as specified by the purchaser.When not specified, the practice shall be at the option of themanufacturer.
5.3.1 Silicon killed fine grain shall be produced with alu-minum for grain refinement. The material purchaser’s approvalshall be obtained for the use of vanadium or columbium forgrain refinement.
5.3.2 Silicon killed coarse grain practice.5.3.3 Silicon killed fine grain practice.5.3.4 Aluminum killed fine grain practice.5.3.5 Rimmed (grain size not specified).5.4 Hardenability:5.4.1 Hardenability for steels with a specified minimum
carbon content of 0. 20 % or greater shall be determined foreach heat and the results furnished to the purchaser whenrequested on the purchase order. SAE J406, Appendix A shallbe used for referee purposes in the event of dispute.
5.5 Thermal Treatments:5.5.1 The purchaser shall specify one of the following
options for thermal treatment on the purchase order:5.5.1.1 No thermal treatment.5.5.1.2 Annealed.5.5.1.3 Spheroidized.5.5.1.4 Drawn from annealed rod or bar.5.5.1.5 Drawn from spheroidize annealed rod or bar.5.5.1.6 Spheroidized at finished size wire.5.5.1.7 Annealed-in-process wire.5.5.1.8 Spheroidized annealed-in-process wire.
6. Chemical Requirements
6.1 The material shall have a chemical composition con-forming to the requirements specified in Tables 4-8 for theapplicable IFI grade specified by the material purchaser.
NOTE 2—The chemical compositions have been developed in a jointproducer/user effort and are particularly appropriate to the cold forgingindustry process. The chemical composition ranges of these IFI gradesmay not be identical to those of SAE J403, SAE J404, or AISI.
TABLE 4 Carbon Steels, Chemical Ranges and Limits, %
ConditionsFurnished
IFI Steel GradeDesignation
Carbon Manganese PhosphorousMax
SulfurMax
SiliconMin Max Min Max
R, AlK IFI-1006 . . . 0.08 0.25 0.40 0.020 0.020 See Table 6R, AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1008 . . . 0.10 0.30 0.50 0.020 0.020 See Table 6R, AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1010 0.08 0.13 0.30 0.60 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1018 0.15 0.19 0.65 0.85 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg IFI-10B21 0.19 0.23 0.80 1.10 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1022/A 0.18 0.21 0.80 1.00 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1022/B 0.20 0.23 0.90 1.10 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK IFI-1033 0.31 0.36 0.70 0.90 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1035 0.33 0.38 0.70 0.90 0.020 0.020 See Table 6AlK, SiFg, SiCg IFI-1038 0.35 0.42 0.70 0.90 0.020 0.020 See Table 6SiFg IFI-10B38 0.35 0.42 0.70 1.00 0.020 0.020 See Table 6SiFg IFI-1541/A 0.36 0.41 1.35 1.60 0.020 0.020 See Table 6SiFg, SiCg, CgP IFI-1541/B 0.38 0.43 1.35 1.60 0.020 0.020 See Table 6
NOTE—Carbon steels which have added boron use a B designation between the first and last two digits of the grade designation. A boron steel has aminimum boron content of 0.0008 % and a maximum of 0.003 % together with a minimum titanium content of 0.01 %.AlK = Aluminum killedR = RimmedSiFg = Silicon killed fine grainSiCg = Silicon killed coarse grainCgP = Coarse grain practice
F 2282 – 03
3
6.2 Compositions other than those designated in this stan-dard may be applicable when specified by the purchaser.
6.3 Cast or Heat Analysis—An analysis of each cast or heatshall be made by the producer to determine the percentage ofthe elements specified. The analysis shall be made from a testsample(s) taken during the pouring of the cast or heat. Thechemical composition shall be reported, if required, to thepurchaser or his representative.
6.4 Product Analysis:6.4.1 Product analysis may be made on the finished material
from each heat. The composition thus determined shall con-form to the requirements in Table 4, Table 6, or Table 7 for thespecified grade subject to the permissible variations for productanalyses in Table 5 or Table 8, as applicable.
NOTE 3—A product analysis is optional. The analysis is not used for aduplicate analysis to confirm a previous result. The purpose of the productanalysis is to verify that the chemical composition is within specifiedlimits for each element, including applicable permissible variations inproduct analysis. The results of analyses taken from different pieces of aheat may differ within permissible limits from each other and from theheat or cast analysis. The results of the product analysis obtained shall notvary both above and below the specified range.
6.4.2 Rimmed or capped steels are characterized by a lackof uniformity in their chemical composition, especially for theelements carbon, phosphorus, and sulfur, and for this reasonproduct analysis is not technologically appropriate unlessmisapplication is clearly indicated.
6.4.3 Test Methods A 751 shall be used.6.5 Residual Element Limits—Material grades defined in
this standard shall conform to the residual element limits inTable 9.
7. Metallurgical Structure
7.1 Coarse Austenitic Grain Size:7.1.1 When a coarse grain size is specified, the steel shall
have a grain size number of 1 to 5 inclusive.7.1.2 Conformance to this grain size of 70 % of the grains in
the area examined shall constitute the basis of acceptance.7.2 Fine Austenitic Grain Size:7.2.1 When a fine grain size is specified, the steel shall have
a grain size number greater than five, as determined inaccordance with Test Methods E 112.
7.2.2 Conformance to this grain size of 70 % of the grains inthe area examined shall constitute the basis of acceptance.
7.2.3 When aluminum is used as the grain refining element,the fine austenitic grain size requirement shall be deemed to befulfilled if, on heat analysis, the total aluminum content is notless than 0.020 % total aluminum or, alternately, 0.015 % acidsoluble aluminum. The aluminum content shall be reported.The grain size test specified in 7.2.1 shall be the referee test.
7.2.4 If columbium or vanadium or both are to be used,Supplementary Requirement S.2 shall be specified.
7.2.5 If specified on the order, one grain size test per heatshall be made and the austenitic grain size of the steel, asrepresented by the test, shall be number 6 or higher.
7.3 Spheroidized Annealed Materials:7.3.1 Spheroidize annealed material shall meet a minimum
test rating of G2 or L2 in the IFI spheroidization rating—Plate1 (see Fig. 1).
7.3.2 Optimum spheroidization is equal to or greater than90 %. The spheroidization rating shall be performed on apolished transverse sample etched with a 2 % Nital solution inaccordance with Practice E 407. The examination area forspheroidization shall be at or near the center of the material.The resulting structure shall be compared at 10003 magnifi-cation to Plate 1. The following descriptions may be used tobetter compare to Plate 1.
Spheroidization Rating Descriptions for Plate 1%
SpheroidizationDescription
100 Spheroidal carbides are homogeneously distributed in amatrix of ferrite.
80 G1/L1 All carbides are spheroidal with a good distribution. Grainboundaries are not so obvious.
60 G2/L2 Most of the carbides are spheroidal with an average dis-tribution. Some lamellar carbides and grain boundariesare present.
40 G3/L3 Approximately 1⁄2 of the carbides have been sphe-roidized. All carbides are in prior pearlitic colonies;grain boundaries are prevalent.
20 G4/L4 A very slight breakup of the lamellar carbides; mainlypearlite and ferrite.
0 G5/L5 The entire microstructure consists of pearlite and ferrite.
TABLE 5 Permissible Variations from Specified ChemicalRanges, and Limits for Carbon Steel, %
ElementLimit or Max of
Specified Range, %Variation % Over Max Limit
or Under Min Limit
Carbon To 0.25 incl 0.02Over 0.25 to 0.55 incl 0.03
Manganese To 0.90 incl 0.03Over 0.90 to 1.65 incl 0.06
Phosphorus Over max only 0.008Sulfur Over max only 0.008Silicon To 0.30 incl 0.02Copper Over max only 0.03Tin Over max only 0.01Nickel Over max only 0.03Chromium Over max only 0.03Molybdenum Over max only 0.01Vanadium Over max only 0.01Boron N/AA
A Unless misapplication is indicated.
TABLE 6 Silicon Limits for Four Deoxidation Practices, %
Deoxidation Practice
SiliconKilled
SiliconKilled
AluminumKilled
RimmedFineGrain
Course Grainand Course
Grain Practice
FineGrain
Min Max Min Max Max Max
IFI-1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10 0.02IFI-1008 0.10 0.20 0.10 0.25 0.10 0.02IFI-1010 0.10 0.20 0.10 0.25 0.10 0.02Boron Grades 0.10 0.30 N/A N/A N/A N/AAll Other Grades 0.15 0.30 0.15 0.30 0.10 N/A
NOTE 1—Fine Grain—Normally Si/Al killed or aluminum killed.Vanadium or Columbium (niobium) can be used upon agreement betweenraw material supplier and user (purchaser). See Supplementary Require-ment S.2.
NOTE 2—The values listed in this table are designed to provideoptimum headability and tool life in the cold forming process. Modifica-tions to these limits require agreement between producer and purchaser.
F 2282 – 03
4
8. Decarburization
8.1 The entire periphery of a sample prepared of the rod,wire, or bar for killed steels having carbon content exceeding0.15 % shall be examined for decarburization at a magnifica-tion of 100 diameters. Free ferrite shall not exceed themaximum depth as specified in Table 10. The worst locationshall be used to draw perpendicular bisectors, and the depth ofdecarb at the points where the bisectors intersect the circum-ference, shall be measured and the four (4) readings averagedas defined in the example identified as Fig. 2.
8.2 That average shall not exceed the limits for total averageaffected depth (TAAD) as specified in Table 10. The depth (D)of the worst location shall not exceed the maximum allowed inTable 10.
9. Mechanical Properties
9.1 Bars, rod, and wire furnished in the conditions belowshall conform to the tensile strength and reduction in arearequirements specified in Table 11.
9.1.1 Annealed or spheroidize annealed rod and bar.9.1.2 Spheroidize annealed at finish size wire.9.1.3 Annealed-in-process or spheroidize annealed-in-
process wire.9.2 Percent reduction in area is determined by the test
methods of Test Methods A 370. Values for minimum percent-ages which shall apply are included in Table 11.
9.3 No individual test value shall be out of specification, andfor steels with a maximum specified carbon content over0.30 %, the maximum range shall not exceed the minimum bymore than 10 % in any lot; for example:
~80 KSI2 74 KSI!74 KSI 5 8. 1 % accept
9.4 Tensile/reduction in area equipment shall be calibratedand verified in accordance with Practices E 4, and operated bypersonnel with documented qualifications.
9.5 Conformance of all test data shall be determined inaccordance with Practice E 29.
10. Dimensional Size Tolerances
10.1 Wire tolerances are shown in Table 3.10.2 Rod tolerances are shown in Table 2.
NOTE 4—Inherent mill design of rod mills does not permit the samecontrol of size as bar mills. Reducing diameter variability increasescontrol of both the physical and mechanical properties during the formingprocess. Less variability permits engineering for reduced tool wear andconsistent product quality.
10.3 Bar tolerances are shown in Table 1.
11. Mill Scale/Surface Condition
11.1 Mill scale (surface oxides) on hot rolled material shallbe readily removable by an acid pickling or mechanicaldescaling process.
11.2 The surface shall be free from excessive dirt contami-nants or rust which would impede pickling or descaling, orcontaminate an acid pickle bath.
12. Coatings
12.1 The supplied coatings shall be specified for all mate-rials by the purchaser based upon the individual requirementsof the purchaser. Adequate care should be taken duringhandling and transit to maintain the integrity of the coating.
TABLE 7 Chemical Ranges and Limits for Alloy Steels, %
IFI Steel GradeDesignation
Carbon Manganese Nickel Chromium Molybdenum Phosphorous Sulfur
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Max Max
IFI-1335 0.33 0.38 1.60 1.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.020 0.020IFI-4037A 0.35 0.40 0.70 0.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 0.30 0.020 0.020IFI-4042 0.40 0.45 0.70 0.90 . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 0.30 0.020 0.020IFI-4118 0.18 0.23 0.70 0.90 . . . . . . 0.40 0.60 0.08 0.15 0.020 0.020IFI-4140 0.38 0.43 0.75 1.00 . . . . . . 0.80 1.10 0.15 0.25 0.020 0.020IFI-5140 0.38 0.43 0.70 0.90 . . . . . . 0.70 0.90 . . . . . . 0.020 0.020IFI-8637 0.35 0.40 0.75 1.00 0.40 0.70 0.40 0.60 0.15 0.25 0.020 0.020
A Furnished in AlK or SiFg or SiCg or CgP. All other grades in SiFg-Fg only.
TABLE 8 Permissible Variation from Specified Chemical Rangesand Limits for Alloy Steels, %
ElementLimit or Max of
Specified Range, %
Variation, %, OverMax Limit or
Under Min Limit
Carbon To 0.30 incl 0.01Over 0.30 to 0.75 incl 0.02
Manganese To 0.90 incl 0.03Over 0.90 0.04
Phosphorus Over Max only 0.005Sulfur Over Max only 0.005Silicon To 0.40 incl 0.02Nickel To 1.00 incl 0.03Chromium To 0.90 incl 0.03
Over 0.90 0.05Molybdenum To 0.20 incl 0.01
Over 0.20 to 0.40 incl 0.02Vanadium Over Max only 0.01Copper Over Max only 0.03
TABLE 9 Residual Element Limits A
ElementResidual LimitB
max, %
Copper 0.20Nickel 0.10Chromium 0.10C
Molybdenum 0.04C
Tin 0.02Nitrogen 0.009Boron 0.0007D
A Residual limits for a given element do not apply to alloy steel if that elementhas a specified range.
B Controlling residual limits provides optimum formability and tool life during coldforming operations.
C See Supplementary Requirements.D Not applicable to boron steels (see Table 4). Titanium shall not exceed 0.01 %
for steels which do not have an intentional addition of boron and titanium.
F 2282 – 03
5
Extreme variations in temperature and humidity may adverselyaffect the applied coatings.
12.2 Coatings for hot rolled bars, wire rods, and wire whichare thermally treated at finished size include the following:
12.2.1 Pickle and lime dip,12.2.2 Zinc phosphate and lime dip,12.2.3 Zinc phosphate and reactive or nonreactive lube dip,
and12.2.4 Alternate coatings, including polymer, may be used
upon agreement between purchaser and producer.12.3 In addition, if cold drawing is the final operation, a
drawing compound will also be applied through the die
drawing process. There are, however, no batch coatings appliedafter drawing when cold drawing is the final operation.
13. Workmanship, Finish and Appearance
13.1 Bar, rod, and wire shall be free from detrimentalsurface imperfections including seams, voids, pits, scratches,and laps. Material, suitably thermally treated when appropriate,which bursts or splits when upset or formed, and havingimperfections deeper than the greater of 0.003 in. or 0.5 % ofD (where D is finished diameter in inches of material) shall besubject to rejection. Samples requiring assessment of suchsurface imperfections shall be prepared by metallographic
FIG. 1 Plate 1—IFI Spheroidization Rating
F 2282 – 03
6
technique, suitably etched and the depth of imperfectionmeasured radially from the surface at a magnification of 1003.
13.2 Wire shall not be kinked or tangled, and for wire drawnlast, shall be properly cast. No welds are permitted, unlessotherwise specified.
14. Number of Tests and Retests
14.1 Metallurgical:14.1.1 Austenitic grain size shall be based on one test per
heat in accordance with 7.2.4.
14.1.2 Each spheroidize annealed lot shall be tested onceand shall meet minimum rating requirements of G2 or L2 (see7.3.1).
14.1.3 For each lot of wire, rod, or bar, a single sample shallbe tested for decarburization in accordance with Section 8 ofthis standard.
14.2 Mechanical:14.2.1 Rods, bars, and wire shall be tested one sample per
coil/bundle on at least 20 % of randomly selected coils/bundlesin the lot with at least two tests for maximum tensile strength.
FIG. 1 Plate 1—IFI Spheroidization Rating (continued)
F 2282 – 03
7
14.2.2 Rods, bars, and wire shall be tested one sample percoil/bundle on at least 20 % of randomly selected coils/bundlesin the lot with at least two tests for percent reduction in area.
14.2.3 Yield strength, percent elongation, and hardness testsare included in supplementary requirements of this standard.
15. Test Methods
15.1 Maximum Tensile Strength:15.1.1 Maximum tensile strength shall be determined in
accordance with the test methods of Test Methods A 370.15.2 Reduction of Area:15.2.1 Reduction of area is determined by test methods
included within Test Methods A 370.15.3 Calibration:15.3.1 Tensile/reduction in area equipment shall be cali-
brated in accordance with Practices E 4.15.4 Hardenability:15.4.1 Hardenability shall be determined in accordance with
SAE J406, Appendix A or B.15.5 Grain Size:15.5.1 Grain Size shall be determined in accordance with
Test Method E 112.15.6 Decarburization:
15.6.1 Decarburization shall be determined using the testmethod Test Methods E 1077.
15.7 Control of Measuring and Testing Equipment:15.7.1 Unless otherwise specified, control shall conform to
Guide F 1470.
16. Disposition of Nonconforming Lots
16.1 A recommended procedure for disposition of noncon-forming lots may be found in Guide F 1470.
17. Identification/Tagging
17.1 A tag(s) shall be attached to each coil or banding asspecified by the purchaser and shall include as a minimum thefollowing information:
17.1.1 Supplier’s name or trademark,17.1.2 Grade of steel,17.1.3 Heat number or traceable code, and17.1.4 Diameter.17.2 When specified, the following may be added:17.2.1 Purchaser’s name,17.2.2 Purchase order number,17.2.3 Mill order number,17.2.4 Secondary process description and source if appli-
cable, and17.2.5 Bar coding (optional). It is suggested that bar coding
in accordance with AIAG B-5 be used.
18. Packaging and Loading
18.1 Unless otherwise specified, rod coils shall be woundcounterclockwise which provides a right hand pitch to facilitatehandling and uncoiling. Winding of bar coils varies and thedirection of winding should be specified. The nature ofcompacting, banding, and protection, shall be specified bypurchaser.
18.2 The purchaser shall specify the method of packagingand loading for shipment. A recommended procedure forpackaging and loading for shipment is found in PracticesA 700.
19. Certification and Test Reports
19.1 When specified in the purchase order, a producer’scertification shall be furnished to the purchaser that thematerial was manufactured, sampled, tested, and inspected inaccordance with this specification and has been found to meetthe requirements as specified. Test results shall be retained bythe producer in accordance with his quality assurance proce-dures. If requested by the purchaser, a test report shall befurnished which will meet the consumer’s requirements forchemical analysis of the mill heat including the identificationand the results of the chemical analysis of the primary steelmelter and austenitic grain size, if required.
19.2 Traceability shall include the mill order and steel heatnumber with all specified mechanical data on mill test certifi-cation.
20. Keywords
20.1 carbon and alloy steel; mechanical fasteners; qualityassurance; wire, rods, and bars
TABLE 10 Decarburization Limits for Killed Steels With CarbonContent Exceeding 0.15 %
Diameter,in.
Free FerriteDepth
max, in.
Total AverageAffected Depth
(TAAD)max, in.
WorstLocationDepth,
max, in.
through 25⁄64 0.001 0.005 0.008over 25⁄64
through 5⁄80.001 0.006 0.009
over 5⁄8through 55⁄64
0.001 0.007 0.011
over 55⁄64
through 10.001 0.008 0.012
over 1through 11⁄2
0.001 0.010 0.015
NOTE—Test conducted in accordance with Section 8 of this standard.
FIG. 2
F 2282 – 03
8
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS
The following supplementary requirements shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in thecontract or order.
S1. Residual Element Limits
S1.1 The residual limit for Cr shall be to 0.20 max ifspecified by the purchaser. The residual element limit for Momay be to 0.06 max if so specified by the purchaser. Reducedresidual element limits below those specified in Table 9 shallbe based upon agreement between supplier and purchaser.
S2. Grain Refiners
S2.1 Use of columbium (Cb) or vanadium (v), or both,instead of or with aluminum shall be based on the requirementsof Specification A 29/A 29M, paragraphs 5.1.2.2 and 5.1.2.3.For the convenience of the users of this standard, they arereprinted as follows:
“ASTM A 29/A 29M-99e1
5.1.2.2 By agreement between purchaser and suppler,columbium or vanadium or both may be used for grain refininginstead of or with aluminum. When columbium or vanadium isused as a grain refining element, the fine austenitic grain sizerequirement shall be deemed to be fulfilled if, on heat analysis,
the columbium or vanadium content is as follows (the contentof the elements shall be reported with the heat analysis):
Steels having 0.25 % carbon or less:Cb 0.025 minV 0.05 min
Steels having over 0.25 % carbon:Cb 0.015 minV 0.02 min
The maximum contents shall be:Cb 0.05 maxV 0.08 maxCb + V 0.06 max
5.1.2.3 When provisions of 5.1.2.1 or 5.1.2.2 are exercised,a grain size test is not required unless specified by thepurchaser. Unless otherwise specified, fine austenitic grain sizeshall be certified using the analysis of grain refining ele-ment(s).”
S3. Yield Strength/Percent ElongationS3.1 Yield strength/percent elongation may be used for
special applications when agreed upon between purchaser and
TABLE 11 Mechanical Properties Carbon and Alloy Steels
SteelGrade
Rod/Bar PropertiesSpheroidize Annealed at
Finished Size Wire Properties
Annealed in Process andSpheroidized Annealed in Process
Finished Wire Properties
Annealed Spheroidize Annealed SAFS AIP SAIP
MaxTensileA
MinR/A
MaxTensileA
MinR/A
MaxTensileA
MinR/A
MaxTensileA
MinR/A
MaxTensileA
MinR/A
KSI % KSI % KSI % KSI % KSI %
CarbonIFI-1006 55 62 53 65 51 70 62 60 60 62IFI-1008 56 62 54 65 52 70 63 60 61 62IFI-1010 58 62 55 65 54 70 65 60 62 62IFI-1018 68 62 65 65 63 68 76 60 68 62IFI-1022/A 72 62 67 65 65 68 81 60 72 62IFI-1022/B 73 62 69 65 67 68 82 60 73 62IFI-1033 80 58 74 60 72 64 89 56 82 58IFI-1035 81 58 75 60 73 64 90 56 83 58IFI-1038 82 58 76 60 74 64 91 56 84 58IFI-1541A 92 53 85 57 82 61 98 51 92 55IFI-1541B 93 53 86 57 83 61 99 51 93 55BoronIFI-10B21 75 62 71 64 69 68 84 60 75 62IFI-10B38 88 56 82 58 80 62 97 52 90 56AlloyIFI-1335 93 53 85 55 82 59 100 51 92 53IFI-4037 86 55 80 57 78 60 95 53 85 55IFI-4042 88 55 82 57 80 60 97 53 87 55IFI-4118 76 60 71 61 68 64 84 58 76 59IFI-4140 92 55 85 57 82 59 102 53 90 55IFI-5140 92 55 85 57 82 59 102 53 90 55IFI-8637 92 53 85 55 82 57 102 51 92 53A For aluminum killed steel, subtract 3 KSI and add 1 % R/A.
For rimmed steel, subtract 5 KSI and add 2 % R/A.For AIP and SAIP wire under 0.200 in., add 50 psi for every 0.001 in. under 0.200 in.
NOTE—The values in this table have been designed to provide optimum headability and tool life in the cold forming process. The reduction of areatest is not applicable to wire sizes less than 0.092 in.
F 2282 – 03
9
manufacturer. Method of determination shall be in accordancewith Test Methods A 370.
S4. Hardness
S4.1 Hardness may be used as an option when agreed tobetween producer and purchaser in lieu of tensile/reduction ofarea testing of wire or bar over 1 in. in diameter. Test methodshall be in accordance with Test Method E 10.
S5. Mac-etch Test
S5.1 Mac-etch test may be used for bars when specified bythe purchaser at the time of order. The test method shall be inaccordance with Practice E 407 or Method E 381.
APPENDIXES
(Nonmandatory Information)
X1. HISTORY
X1.1 This ASTM standard is based on IFI-140, which wasdeveloped by the IFI Raw Materials Study Committee which isa joint effort of cooperation between the fastener manufacturer,the raw material manufacturer, and other important fastenerindustry suppliers.
X1.2 Following IFI approvals and subsequent publication,and in its traditional role of issuing IFI standards, it wasintended that IFI-140 be introduced into the National Consen-sus Standards process of ASTM.
X2. MATERIALS AND PROCESSING
X2.1 Forming is the primary manufacturing operation inthe fastener industry and the term includes heading, upsetting,extruding, and forging. These formed parts are produced atvery high speeds by metal flow due to machine-appliedpressure. The primary forming operation self-inspects thequality of the raw material and imperfections such as seams,laps, and internal pipe which may not be visible are revealedwhen the material is upset. The absence of bursts, forgingcracks, and open seams is strong evidence that the quality ofmaterial selected was that intended for the severe upsets oftoday’s fastener manufacturing.
X2.2 Rods and Bars:
X2.2.1 While standard steel grades for rods and bars havebeen in existence for many years, and have, with modificationsor restrictions of one or more elements, long been used for coldforming, this ASTM standard presents a distinct selected seriesof twenty steel grades for cold forming. These have beenjointly developed by steel producers and cold heading andforging users under the aegis of the Industrial FastenersInstitute. These twenty grades are designated IFI steel gradesand the ranges and limits for the thirteen carbon steel grades forcarbon, manganese, phosphorus, and sulfur are shown in Table4. Maximum residual limits for copper, nickel, chromium,molybdenum, and tin are specified in 6.5. Silicon ranges andlimits are shown in Table 6. The chemical limits for the sevenalloy steel grades are shown in Table 7.
X2.2.2 A significant area of improvement is in the decar-burization control and measurement for cold heading rods andbars. A method to measure based upon the location of the worstdecarburization position is described in Section 8 and shown inFig. 2. The average total affected depth which may not be
exceeded is found in Table 10. Free ferrite should not exceedthe maximum depth of free ferrite at the worst location.
X2.2.3 To prepare a material for cold forming it is oftenspheroidized, which is an annealing treatment that transformsthe microstructure of steel to its softest condition with maxi-mum formability. In the hot rolled or normalized condition,steels containing less than 0.80 % carbon consist of themicroconstituents pearlite and ferrite. Pearlite, the harder of thetwo constituents, causes the steels to resist deformation. Theharder pearlite is comprised of alternating thin layers or shellsof ferrite and cementite (iron carbide), a very hard substance.In spheroidize annealing, the cementite layers are caused bytime and temperature to collapse into spheroids or globules ofcementite. This globular form of cementite tends to facilitatecold deformation in such processes as cold heading, coldrolling, forming, and bending.
X2.2.4 Plate 1, Fig. 1 displays variations in the transforma-tion of pearlite to spheroidized cementite. Temperature varia-tions within a charge or inadvertent heating either slightlybelow or slightly above the optimum temperature may producea departure from the ideally spheroidized structure. Plate 1displays material treated at a lower than ideal temperatureexhibiting a granular structure and is shown as G1 through G5.Material treated at a higher than ideal temperature will exhibita lamellar structure and is shown as L1 through L5. Latentenergy from cold work will allow drawn wire to transformmore readily to a higher degree of spheroidization than will hotrolled rod or bar. The degree of spheroidization is normallyevaluated at 10003 magnification.
X2.2.5 When spheroidize annealed, Cold Heading Rods orCold Heading Bars shall meet a maximum rating of G-2 or L-2in Plate 1.
F 2282 – 03
10
X2.2.6 While a fully spheroidized microstructure is desiredfor forming, material is rarely used in the “as spheroidizedannealed” condition. Such material can cause processing dif-ficulties because of its poor coil configuration, the formation ofa “shear lip” during shearing, or result in undesirable bendingof the fastener shank during cold heading. For these reasonsalmost all material is given a light wire drawing reduction afterthe thermal treatment either by the wire producer or in front ofthe fastener heading operation. Spheroidized structures are alsoknown to retard austenization during short cycle heating, suchas induction heating, in a subsequent hardening operation.Additional time may be required to dissolve the spheroidizedcementite into the austenite at the heating temperature.
X2.2.7 The tolerances for rod and bar are reduced for IFIgrades, reflecting the committee consensus that this featurewould significantly improve control of cold working. Out-of-round material may cause localized die wear showing up aswear rings in the drawing die. The elliptical material crosssection produces nonuniform cold work stresses around thecircumference of the drawn cross section which contributes todistortion of the product and causes hardness variation acrossthe section. Thus, serious efforts are anticipated now and in thefuture to bring about reasonable economic tolerance improve-ment.
X2.2.8 Rods and bars are subject to mill testing andinspection to provide material soundness and freedom fromdetrimental surface imperfections. These features are requiredto assure satisfactory performance of the wire produced fromrods and bars. Thermal treatment as a part of wire millprocessing is very important in the higher carbon grades ofsteel. Wire “direct drawn” from low carbon and medium lowcarbon steel wire rods is sometimes successfully used forsimple two-blow upsets or for standard trimmed hexagon headcap screws.
X2.2.9 As upsetting becomes progressively more demand-ing, wire drawn from annealed or spheroidize annealed rods ismore appropriate. For demanding applications, annealed-in-process or spheroidize annealed-in-process wire is required.For thermally treated in-process wire, the final drawing opera-tion may be performed by the wire supplier or incorporatedinto the cold heading operation by drawing in tandem with thatoperation.
X2.2.10 Cold Heading Rods and Bars will not necessarilyresult in successful production of recess head and socket headquality wire. Wire mills desiring to produce recess head andsocket head wire should consult steel manufacturers to securematerial with additional restrictive requirements.
X2.2.11 In the production of rods for heading, forging orcold extrusion in killed steels over 0.13 % carbon, bothaustenitic grain size and decarburization are important features.Such steels can be produced either “fine” or “coarse” austeniticgrain as required depending upon the type of heat treatmentand application. Table 10 shows decarburization limits for themaximum permissible depth of free ferrite and the averagetotal affected depth of decarburization. The examination isconducted as outlined in Section 8 of this standard. If decar-burization limits closer than those shown in Table 10 arerequired in a given manufactured product, it is sometimes
appropriate for the purchaser to incorporate means for carbonrestoration in his manufacturing process.
X2.2.12 In cases of disagreement in the testing for decar-burization, it is customary to make heat treatment tests of thefinished product to determine suitability for the particularapplication.
X2.2.13 Rods and bars should be reasonably free fromdetrimental surface imperfections including seams, voids, pits,scratches, and laps. Material suitably thermally treated whenappropriate, which bursts or splits when upset or formed, andhaving imperfections deeper than the greater of 0.003 in. or0.5 % of D (where D is the finished diameter in inches ofmaterial), is normally rejectable.
X2.2.14 Samples requiring assessment of such surface im-perfections shall be prepared by careful metallographic tech-nique, suitably etched, and the depth of imperfection measuredradially from the surface at a magnification of 1003.
X2.2.15 Mechanical properties for thermally treated rodsand bars are shown in Table 11.
X2.2.16 Rod size tolerances are shown in Table 2.X2.2.17 Bar size tolerances are shown in Table 1.X2.2.18 A selected series of steel grades has been developed
for carbon steel rods and bars for cold heading and coldforging. See Table 4.
X2.3 Wire:
X2.3.1 Wire for cold heading and forging is produced frombars or rods featuring closer than normal control of chemicalcomposition, size tolerances, decarburization limits, freedomfrom detrimental surface imperfections, and when appropriate,specified mechanical properties for thermally treated material,see Table 11; and when spheroidized, a maximum rating G2 orL2, see Plate 1.
X2.3.2 Thermal treatment of wire involves heating andcooling the steel in such a manner to achieve desired propertiesor structures.
X2.3.3 Annealing is the general term applied to a variety ofthermal treatments for the purpose of softening the wire.Annealing commonly involves heating the material to tempera-ture near or below the critical temperature. A number ofprocesses are employed which influence the surface finishobtained. If a particular finish is required on wire annealed atfinal size, the producer should be consulted.
X2.3.4 Regular Annealing, sometimes called pot annealing,is performed by heating coils of wire in a furnace followed byslow cooling without an attempt to produce a specific micro-structure or a specific surface finish.
X2.3.5 Spheroidize Annealinginvolves prolonged heatingat a temperature near or slightly below the lower criticaltemperature, followed by slow cooling, with the object ofproducing a globular (spheroidal) condition of the carbide toobtain maximum softness.
X2.3.6 Annealed in Process Wireis a term normally asso-ciated with cold heading wire. The product is manufactured bydrawing rod or bar to a size larger than the finished diameterwire, and regular annealing to relieve the stresses of cold workand obtain softening. This is followed by cleaning, coatingwith a suitable lubricant, and redrawing to finished size,usually with an area reduction of between 7 % to 20 %
F 2282 – 03
11
depending upon wire size and application. See Table 11 forexpected tensile strengths.
X2.3.7 Spheroidize Annealed in Process Wireis anotherterm normally associated with cold heading wire. The productis manufactured by drawing rod to a size larger than thefinished diameter wire, followed by spheroidize annealing toobtain maximum softness and to create a spheroidal structureas shown in Plate 1. The wire is then cleaned, coated with asuitable lubricant, and redrawn to finished size, usually with anarea reduction of between 7 % to 20 % depending upon wiresize and application.
X2.3.8 Decarburization Testsare made by the microscopicmethod described in Section 8. Table 10 shows the decarbur-ization limits for the maximum depth of free ferrite and themaximum average total affected depth. The limits shown applyto wire made from killed steel over 0.13 % carbon. Whencloser limits are required, it is sometimes appropriate for thepurchaser to incorporate means for carbon restoration in itsfinished product.
X2.3.9 Finishes or coatings are designed to provide properlubrication for the header dies. With modern developments incold heading technique, the role of wire finishes has assumedmuch greater importance. In addition to performing the re-quired upset in the dies, the cold heading operations may nowinclude single or double extrusion, slotting, punching, trim-ming, pointing, etc. The wire coatings or finishes must haveboth the necessary lubricating quality and adherence to preventgalling or undesirable die wear. This necessitates specialcontrol of the various types of lubricants that are used and thecorrect amount of coatings for the type of heading operationinvolved.
X2.3.10 While lime-soap finishes are widely employed,phosphate finishes are frequently used for the more demandingforming applications.
X2.3.11 Phosphate coated wire finishes are produced frommaterial which has been chemically cleaned, coated with zincphosphate, and suitably neutralized. The stock may be coatedwith lime or borax as a carrier if the lubricant is to be appliedin the die box. The wire lubricant may be applied by immersingthe phosphate coated coils in a dilute soluble soap bath, bypickup of a dry lubricant in the drawing die box, or by acombination of both methods. The drawn finish so produced isparticularly beneficial in many severe cold working applica-tions, especially those involving backward extrusion.
X2.3.12 Thermally treated wire can also be suppliedcleaned and lime coated or cleaned and phosphate coated atordered size. Wire phosphate coated at ordered size can befurnished with or without suitable lubricant coatings forsubsequent drawing into smaller sizes or for direct use in coldformers. A drawn phosphate finish as discussed in the preced-ing paragraph, provides a more effective lubrication duringcold forming than phosphate coated at finished size.
X2.3.13 Solid die heading machines, especially those usedfor extrusion heading, require a coating of special consistency,whereas with open or split die heading machines a light coatingwill perform satisfactorily. Cold heading finishes are variedconsiderably even for the same type of heading, in order tomeet individual cold heading requirements. Those coatings are
individual in character and involve manufacturing techniquesthat differ markedly from conventional wire mill practicewhere the only consideration is the provision of lubricationessential for the wire drawing operation.
X2.3.14 Size tolerances for wire for cold heading and coldforging are shown in Table 3.
X2.3.15 Mechanical properties for selected steel grades ofwire for cold heading and cold forging when thermally treatedare shown in Table 11. Whereas it is appropriate to establishmechanical properties for selected compositions of thermallytreated carbon steel rods and bars, mechanical properties ofwire drawn directly from rods or bars are substantially influ-enced by the amount of reduction in drawing the wire. Thereduction is dependent on the incremental availability ofnominal rod and bar sizes as well as the influence of sizetolerances. Accordingly no values are included in Table 11 forwire drawn from annealed or spheroidize annealed rods orbars. Certain steel grades are available with differences indeoxidation practices. Suitable allowances for aluminum killedsteel and rimmed steel are incorporated in the footnote to Table11. The amount of reduction prior to thermal treatment, the sizetolerance of the intermediate thermally treated wire, and therequired percent reduction to final size which progressivelyincreases as the final wire size decreases, influence the me-chanical properties. An appropriate adjustment in values forannealed in process and spheroidize annealed in process wireas a function of size is included in the footnote to Table 11.
X2.3.16 Chemical compositions particularly suited to wirefor cold heading and cold forging have been developed. Forcarbon steels these are included in Table 4 and for alloy steelsin Table 7.
X2.3.17 Cold Heading and Cold Forging Wire have fiveapplication variations as follows:
X2.3.17.1 Cold Heading,X2.3.17.2 Recessed Head,X2.3.17.3 Socket Head,X2.3.17.4 Scrapless Nut, andX2.3.17.5 Tubular Rivet.X2.3.18 Each of these variations is intended to be well
suited to the fabrication of a particular fastener type andfastener manufacturing method.
X2.3.19 Fastener fabrication includes a wide variety ofmethods and complexity of machines and tooling. The simplestis a single die, single blow machine, common to the nailmachines, but also used for simple shapes such as certainrivets. Single die, two blow machines which first gather stock,then rotate the punch, and strike again, are widely used forlarger headed rivets and most machine screws and tappingscrews. By partitioning the cold work in two separate diecavities, progressively and selectively deforming the rawmaterial, it is thus possible to produce larger overall deforma-tions or upsets, of more complex shapes, without fracture.
X2.3.20 Two die three blow machines permit extruding ofthe shank, thereby utilizing a larger diameter starting rawmaterial, accommodating the production of larger heads with-out as much upsetting; or permitting the use of hard drawn wirewhere annealed material would otherwise have been required.Progressive headers can include six or more stations permitting
F 2282 – 03
12
the cold forged production of very complex configurationswhich otherwise would require machining or a combination offorming and machining for their manufacture. Accordingly, itis not appropriate to merely examine the geometry of a finishedfastener to establish the appropriate raw material; for example,hard drawn, wire drawn from annealed rod or bar, or sphe-roidize annealed in process wire. The method of manufacture isalso required information, as is the steel processing for aparticular application. Communication between the steel sup-plier and the fastener producer is, therefore, of paramountimportance to avoid the use of raw material which is unnec-essarily costly on the one hand or inadequately processed onthe other.
X2.3.21 Cold Heading Wireis produced by specially con-trolled manufacturing practices to provide satisfactory qualityfor heading, forging, and roll threading. The wire is subject tomill tests and inspection for internal soundness, control ofchemical composition, and freedom from detrimental surfaceimperfections.
X2.3.22 In many cases, the threads of bolts, screws, studs,etc., are cold formed by an operation known as roll threading.This consists of rolling the shank between rolling dies toprovide the particular thread form required. Experience hasshown that detrimental internal imperfections and detrimentalsurface imperfections in the wire will result in a crushedcondition or imperfect thread which renders the product unfitfor use. Therefore, particular care is required in the manufac-ture of the wire to provide freedom from detrimental imper-fections. Precautions are also required of the fabricators insetting up and adjusting roll threading equipment. Faulty set upor adjustment can produce defective threads even when thewire is of proper quality.
X2.3.23 Hard drawn low carbon and medium low carbonsteel wire is sometimes successfully used for simple two-blowupsets or for standard trimmed hexagon head cap screws. Asupsetting becomes progressively more demanding, wire drawnfrom annealed or spheroidized annealed rods is more appro-priate. For demanding applications, annealed in process orspheroidize annealed in process wire is required. For thermallytreated in process wire, the final drawing operation may beperformed by the wire supplier or incorporated into the coldheading operation by drawing in process in tandem with thatoperation. Cold Heading wire is not appropriate for recessedhead or socket head application.
X2.3.24 Recessed Head Wireis employed when screwheads incorporate a recess configuration such as a crossed orsquare recess. This wire involves more exacting precautionsand controls than Cold Heading wire, such as improved surfacequality and special wire processing. Exacting precautions andcontrols are necessary in the selection and internal soundness
of the steel and in the preparation of billets for surface quality.Special attention to rod rolling and to inspection of the rods isessential. In order to provide wire that will be soft enough towithstand the very severe cold forming operations, wire for alltypes of recess head screws is generally spheroidize annealedin process or spheroidize annealed at finished size, with thefinal drawing incorporated into the heading operation bydrawing in process in tandem with that operation. Whenspheroidize annealed at finish size wire is so employed, thefastener producer should ensure that the final reduction is notexcessive.
X2.3.25 Socket Head Wireis similar to Recessed Head wirebut is intended for the deep sockets attendant with hexagon andTorxy and similar internal drives, requiring still more exactingprocessing and controls to accommodate the substantiallyheavier deformation.
X2.3.26 Scrapless Nut Wireis produced by closely con-trolled manufacturing practices, and subjected to mill tests andinspection designed to provide internal soundness and freedomfrom detrimental surface imperfections, thus providing satis-factory cold heading, cold expanding, cold punching, andthread tapping characteristics.
X2.3.26.1 This wire is produced for the manufacture ofvarious shaped nuts, which are made in continuous operationon heading machines. The cold heading operation in theproduction of scrapless nuts is very severe, and the wire isspecially prepared for that purpose.
X2.3.27 Low and medium low carbon hard drawn wire orwire drawn from annealed rods or bars is employed, dependingon the severity of deformation. Medium carbon wire isnormally drawn from annealed or spheroidize bars or rods, orproduced annealed in process. For nuts not requiring a finalheat treatment, the attainment of minimum required nut proofloads is partially dependent on the raw material, the selectionof an appropriate steel grade, and the amount of wire reduction.
X2.3.28 Tubular Rivet Wireis suitable for cold heading andbackward extruding the hole in the shank during cold heading.In order to obtain the properties essential for the production oftubular rivets, the wire is spheroidize annealed in process butwith a final redrawing operation somewhat heavier than normalto prevent buckling in the extruding operations. Accordingly,the mechanical properties shown in Table 11 may not alwaysbe appropriate for spheroidize annealed in process tubular rivetwire. Wire may also be furnished spheroidize annealed atfinished size with the final drawing incorporated into theheading operation by drawing in tandem with that operation.Wire finish to accommodate the individual conditions of severecold extruding and cold heading is an important consideration.Tubular Rivet wire is normally produced from low carbonaluminum killed steel.
F 2282 – 03
13
X3. BORON CONTENT IN CARBON STEELS
X3.1 Boron is extremely effective as a hardening agent incarbon steels, contributing hardenability which generally ex-ceeds the result of many commercial alloying elements. It doesnot adversely affect the formability or machinability (see NoteX3.1) of plain carbon steels. Actually, the reverse is true sinceboron permits the use of lower carbon content which contrib-utes to improved formability and machinability (see NoteX3.1).
X3.2 In its early development, some unsatisfactory resultsproduced product which did not have uniform hardness ortoughness along with reduced ability to resist delayed fracture.However, many of these problems were overcome by exhaus-tive research which demonstrated that for boron to be effectiveas an alloying agent, it must be in solid solution in acomposition range of 0.0005 % to 0.003 %. During deoxida-tion, failure to tie up the free nitrogen results in the formationof boron nitrides which will prevent the boron from being
available for hardening. Research also revealed boron contentin excess of 0.003 % has a detrimental effect on impactstrength because of the precipitation of excess boron as ironborocarbide in the grain boundaries.
X3.3 Many European steels contain higher boron levelsthan in North America. ISO 898-1 addresses this issue by thefollowing statement: “Boron content can reach 0.005 % pro-vided that noneffective boron is controlled by addition oftitanium and/or aluminum.” Boron content is not to be deter-mined by product analysis; only the ladle analysis shall beused.
NOTE X3.1—When producing a boron steel, titanium and/or aluminumis added and the resulting product is subjected to thermal processing.These two additions are designed to tie up nitrogen to stop it from reactingwith boron. The resulting free boron is available to provide excellenthardenability in steel. Both titanium and aluminum nitrides reduce themachinability of the steel, however, when the nitrogen becomes tied up,the formability of the steel is improved.
X4. SILICON AND ALUMINUM
X4.1 Silicon and aluminum act as somewhat similarelements with respect to their behavior when added during thesteel making process. They both have a high affinity for oxygenand are, therefore, used to deoxidize or “kill” the steel.Deoxidation or “killing” is a process by which a strongdeoxidizing element is added to the steel to react with theremaining oxygen in the bath to prevent any further reactionbetween carbon and oxygen. When carbon and oxygen react inthe bath a violent boiling action occurs which removes carbonfrom the steel. When the bath or heat reaches the desiredcarbon content for the grade being produced, the carbon-oxygen reaction must be stopped quickly to prevent furtherelimination of carbon. This addition is accomplished by theaddition of deoxidizers such as silicon and aluminum whichhave a greater affinity for oxygen than does carbon. Thiseffectively removes oxygen, eliminating the “carbon boil” andkilling the heat. Elements other than silicon and aluminum canbe used, but these are the most common.
X4.2 Silicon and aluminum can be added together orindividually. This is determined by the type of steel desired. Ifsilicon only is added, that particular batch of steel is referred toas a silicon killed coarse grain practice grade because siliconacts as a deoxidizer without the formation of fine precipitatesallowing the formation of large or coarse austenitic grains.Austenitic grain size is not usually a factor for consideration incold forming, but has a significant effect in subsequent fastenerheat treatment. Aluminum, on the other hand, not only deoxi-dizes the steel, but also refines the grain size. Like silicon,aluminum removes oxygen from the bath, effectively killingthe heat. Aluminum also reacts with nitrogen in the steel toform aluminum nitride particles which precipitate both at thegrain boundaries and within the austenitic grains thus restrict-
ing the size of the grains; even when the steel is reheated forcarburizing or neutral hardening, hence the term fine grain.When aluminum only is added, the steel is referred to asaluminum killed, fine grain. A third group of steels are referredto as silicon killed, fine grain. In steels of this type, silicon isadded as the deoxidizer followed by the addition of aluminumfor grain size control.
X4.3 In the two types where silicon is added, the siliconcontent can have several ranges with the most common being0.15 % to 0.30 %. When aluminum is added to these steels forgrain size control, the aluminum content is generally in the0.015 % to 0.030 % range. The aluminum content in fullyaluminum killed steels is generally 0.015 % to 0.055 %,somewhat higher on average since the aluminum must bothdeoxidize and control grain size at the same time.
X4.4 In selecting the type of deoxidation practice for aparticular carbon grade of steel to be used in fastener manu-facturing, a number of factors should be considered, such as,heat treated property requirements, heat treat conditions, fas-tener size, and steel availability, to name a few. Silicon acts asa ferrite strengthener and, therefore, in the absence of alumi-num, has somewhat greater hardenability. For the same carbongrade and heat treat conditions with and without aluminum,complete transformation of the fastener core during heattreatment can take place in a larger section using a coarse grainsteel. The disadvantage of silicon killed steels can be reflectedin reduced ductility and tool life during cold heading becauseof its ferrite strengthening characteristic. Aluminum killedsteels are usually more formable and hence provide somewhatimproved tool life but reduced heat treatment response during
F 2282 – 03
14
heading, particularly in larger size fasteners. For this reason,the recommended maximum diameter for oil quenched alumi-num killed carbon grades is typically 0.190 in.
ASTM International takes no position respecting the validity of any patent rights asserted in connection with any item mentionedin this standard. Users of this standard are expressly advised that determination of the validity of any such patent rights, and the riskof infringement of such rights, are entirely their own responsibility.
This standard is subject to revision at any time by the responsible technical committee and must be reviewed every five years andif not revised, either reapproved or withdrawn. Your comments are invited either for revision of this standard or for additional standardsand should be addressed to ASTM International Headquarters. Your comments will receive careful consideration at a meeting of theresponsible technical committee, which you may attend. If you feel that your comments have not received a fair hearing you shouldmake your views known to the ASTM Committee on Standards, at the address shown below.
This standard is copyrighted by ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, PO Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,United States. Individual reprints (single or multiple copies) of this standard may be obtained by contacting ASTM at the aboveaddress or at 610-832-9585 (phone), 610-832-9555 (fax), or [email protected] (e-mail); or through the ASTM website(www.astm.org).
F 2282 – 03
15